* breakpoint.c (catch_syscall_split_args): Use skip_spaces.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
116 enum bptype, char *,
117 char **);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
127
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 static. */
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
151 enum bptype,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 enum bptype type,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 CORE_ADDR addr1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
172 CORE_ADDR addr2);
173
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
176
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
179 CORE_ADDR addr);
180
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195
196 typedef enum
197 {
198 mark_inserted,
199 mark_uninserted
200 }
201 insertion_state_t;
202
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 enum bptype type,
218 int *other_type_used);
219
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
225 int count);
226
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
234
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
237
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
239
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
241
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
243 CORE_ADDR pc);
244
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
248
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
250
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
252
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
254
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
256
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
258
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
260
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
262
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
264
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
266
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
268
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
270
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
272
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
274
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
276
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
278 otherwise. */
279
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
281
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
283 from. */
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
290
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
293
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
296
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
301 breakpoints. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
306
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
309
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
316
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
321 dprintf_style_gdb,
322 dprintf_style_call,
323 dprintf_style_agent,
324 NULL
325 };
326 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
327
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
332
333 static char *dprintf_function = "";
334
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
342
343 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
344
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
346 has disconnected. */
347 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
348
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
352 {
353 /* The reference count. */
354 int refc;
355
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line *commands;
358 };
359
360 struct command_line *
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
362 {
363 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
364 }
365
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
368
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
370
371 const char *
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
373 {
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
376 a breakpoint. */
377 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
378
379 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
380 }
381
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
386
387 static void
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
389 struct cmd_list_element *c,
390 const char *value)
391 {
392 fprintf_filtered (file,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
395 value);
396 }
397
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
403 static void
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
405 struct cmd_list_element *c,
406 const char *value)
407 {
408 fprintf_filtered (file,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
411 value);
412 }
413
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
419 static void
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
421 struct cmd_list_element *c,
422 const char *value)
423 {
424 fprintf_filtered (file,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
426 value);
427 }
428
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
434
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
436
437 static void
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
440 {
441 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
445 value,
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
447 else
448 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 value);
450 }
451
452 int
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
454 {
455 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
457 }
458
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
460
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto,
467 condition_evaluation_host,
468 condition_evaluation_target,
469 NULL
470 };
471
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
478
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
482 evaluation mode. */
483
484 static const char *
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
486 {
487 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
488 {
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target;
491 else
492 return condition_evaluation_host;
493 }
494 else
495 return mode;
496 }
497
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
499
500 static const char *
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
502 {
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
504 }
505
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
507 otherwise. */
508
509 static int
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
511 {
512 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
513
514 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
515 }
516
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
518
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
521
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled;
524
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
527
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
531
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
533
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
537 B = TMP)
538
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
542
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
546 BP_TMP++)
547
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
553
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
557 BP_LOCP_START \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
560 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
561
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
563
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
567
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
569
570 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
571
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
573
574 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
575
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
577
578 static unsigned bp_location_count;
579
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
585
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
587
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
593
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
595
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
598 by a target. */
599 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
600
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
602
603 static int breakpoint_count;
604
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
610
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
612
613 static int tracepoint_count;
614
615 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
616 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
617 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
618
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
620 static int
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
622 {
623 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
624 }
625
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
627
628 static void
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
630 {
631 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
632 breakpoint_count = num;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
634 }
635
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
639
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
641 breakpoint made. */
642
643 void
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
645 {
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
647 }
648
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
650 breakpoint made. */
651
652 void
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
654 {
655 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
656 }
657
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
659
660 void
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
662 {
663 struct breakpoint *b;
664
665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
666 b->hit_count = 0;
667 }
668
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
671
672 static struct counted_command_line *
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
674 {
675 struct counted_command_line *result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
677
678 result->refc = 1;
679 result->commands = commands;
680 return result;
681 }
682
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
684
685 static void
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
687 {
688 if (cmd)
689 ++cmd->refc;
690 }
691
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
695
696 static void
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
698 {
699 if (*cmdp)
700 {
701 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
702 {
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
704 xfree (*cmdp);
705 }
706 *cmdp = NULL;
707 }
708 }
709
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
711
712 static void
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
714 {
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
716 }
717
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
719 argument. */
720
721 static struct cleanup *
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
723 {
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
725 }
726
727 \f
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
730
731 struct breakpoint *
732 get_breakpoint (int num)
733 {
734 struct breakpoint *b;
735
736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
737 if (b->number == num)
738 return b;
739
740 return NULL;
741 }
742
743 \f
744
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
747
748 static void
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
750 {
751 struct bp_location *loc;
752
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
756 side. */
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 return;
760
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
762 return;
763
764 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
765 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
766 }
767
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
770
771 static void
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
773 {
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
777 side. */
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
780
781 return;
782
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
784 return;
785
786 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
787 }
788
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
791
792 static void
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
794 struct cmd_list_element *c)
795 {
796 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
797
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
800 {
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
804 return;
805 }
806
807 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
808 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
809
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
813
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode != old_mode)
816 {
817 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
820
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
823 */
824
825 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
826 {
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
828 target. */
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
831 }
832 else
833 {
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
839 loc->needs_update = 1;
840 }
841
842 /* Do the update. */
843 update_global_location_list (1);
844 }
845
846 return;
847 }
848
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
851
852 static void
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
855 {
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
857 fprintf_filtered (file,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
860 value,
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
862 else
863 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
864 value);
865 }
866
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
870
871 static int
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
873 {
874 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
875 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
876
877 if (a->address == b->address)
878 return 0;
879 else
880 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
881 }
882
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
886 return NULL. */
887
888 static struct bp_location **
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
890 {
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
892 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
893 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
894
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
897 dummy_loc.address = address;
898
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs);
903
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found == NULL)
906 return NULL;
907
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
912 locp_found--;
913
914 return locp_found;
915 }
916
917 void
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
919 int from_tty)
920 {
921 xfree (b->cond_string);
922 b->cond_string = NULL;
923
924 if (is_watchpoint (b))
925 {
926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
927
928 xfree (w->cond_exp);
929 w->cond_exp = NULL;
930 }
931 else
932 {
933 struct bp_location *loc;
934
935 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 {
937 xfree (loc->cond);
938 loc->cond = NULL;
939
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
943 }
944 }
945
946 if (*exp == 0)
947 {
948 if (from_tty)
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
950 }
951 else
952 {
953 char *arg = exp;
954
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
958 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
959
960 if (is_watchpoint (b))
961 {
962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
963
964 innermost_block = NULL;
965 arg = exp;
966 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
967 if (*arg)
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
970 }
971 else
972 {
973 struct bp_location *loc;
974
975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
976 {
977 arg = exp;
978 loc->cond =
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
980 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
981 if (*arg)
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
983 }
984 }
985 }
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
987
988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
989 }
990
991 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
992
993 static VEC (char_ptr) *
994 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
995 {
996 char *space;
997
998 text = skip_spaces (text);
999 space = skip_to_space (text);
1000 if (*space == '\0')
1001 {
1002 int len;
1003 struct breakpoint *b;
1004 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1005
1006 if (text[0] == '$')
1007 {
1008 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1009 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1010 return NULL;
1011 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1012 }
1013
1014 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1015 len = strlen (text);
1016
1017 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1018 {
1019 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1020 struct bp_location *loc;
1021 int count = 1;
1022
1023 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1024 {
1025 char location[50];
1026
1027 if (single)
1028 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1029 else
1030 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1031 count);
1032
1033 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1034 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1035
1036 ++count;
1037 }
1038 }
1039
1040 return result;
1041 }
1042
1043 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1044 text = skip_spaces (space);
1045 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1046 }
1047
1048 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1049
1050 static void
1051 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1052 {
1053 struct breakpoint *b;
1054 char *p;
1055 int bnum;
1056
1057 if (arg == 0)
1058 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1059
1060 p = arg;
1061 bnum = get_number (&p);
1062 if (bnum == 0)
1063 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1064
1065 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1066 if (b->number == bnum)
1067 {
1068 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1069 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1070 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1071 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1072 if (b->py_bp_object
1073 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1074 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1075 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1076 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1077
1078 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1079 update_global_location_list (1);
1080
1081 return;
1082 }
1083
1084 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1085 }
1086
1087 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1088 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1089 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1090
1091 static void
1092 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1093 {
1094 struct command_line *c;
1095
1096 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1097 {
1098 int i;
1099
1100 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1101 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1102 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1103
1104 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1105 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1106
1107 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1108 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1109 command directly. */
1110 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1111 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1112
1113 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1114 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1115 }
1116 }
1117
1118 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1119
1120 static int
1121 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1122 {
1123 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1124 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1125 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1126 }
1127
1128 int
1129 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1130 {
1131 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1132 }
1133
1134 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1135 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1136 found. */
1137
1138 static void
1139 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1140 struct command_line *commands)
1141 {
1142 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1143 {
1144 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1145 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1146 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1147 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1148 struct command_line *c;
1149 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1150 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1151 {
1152 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1153 {
1154 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1157 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1160
1161 if (while_stepping)
1162 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1163 "can be used only once"));
1164 else
1165 while_stepping = c;
1166 }
1167 }
1168 if (while_stepping)
1169 {
1170 struct command_line *c2;
1171
1172 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1173 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1174 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1175 {
1176 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1177 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1178 }
1179 }
1180 }
1181 else
1182 {
1183 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1184 }
1185 }
1186
1187 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1188 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1189
1190 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1191 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1192 {
1193 struct breakpoint *b;
1194 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1195 struct bp_location *loc;
1196
1197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1198 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1199 {
1200 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1201 if (loc->address == addr)
1202 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1203 }
1204
1205 return found;
1206 }
1207
1208 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1209 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1210
1211 void
1212 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1213 struct command_line *commands)
1214 {
1215 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1216
1217 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1218 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1219 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1220 }
1221
1222 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1223 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1224 commands. */
1225
1226 void
1227 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1228 {
1229 int old_silent = b->silent;
1230
1231 b->silent = silent;
1232 if (old_silent != silent)
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1234 }
1235
1236 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1237 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1238
1239 void
1240 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1241 {
1242 int old_thread = b->thread;
1243
1244 b->thread = thread;
1245 if (old_thread != thread)
1246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1247 }
1248
1249 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1250 breakpoint work for any task. */
1251
1252 void
1253 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1254 {
1255 int old_task = b->task;
1256
1257 b->task = task;
1258 if (old_task != task)
1259 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1260 }
1261
1262 void
1263 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1264 {
1265 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1266
1267 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1268 }
1269
1270 /* A structure used to pass information through
1271 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272
1273 struct commands_info
1274 {
1275 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1276 int from_tty;
1277
1278 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1279 char *arg;
1280
1281 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1282 already-parsed command. */
1283 struct command_line *control;
1284
1285 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 yet been read. */
1287 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1288 };
1289
1290 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1291 commands_command. */
1292
1293 static void
1294 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1295 {
1296 struct commands_info *info = data;
1297
1298 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1299 {
1300 struct command_line *l;
1301
1302 if (info->control != NULL)
1303 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1304 else
1305 {
1306 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1307 char *str;
1308
1309 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1310 "%s, one per line."),
1311 info->arg);
1312
1313 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1314
1315 l = read_command_lines (str,
1316 info->from_tty, 1,
1317 (is_tracepoint (b)
1318 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1319 b);
1320
1321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1322 }
1323
1324 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1325 }
1326
1327 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 do anything. */
1329 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1330 {
1331 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1332 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1333 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1334 b->commands = info->cmd;
1335 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1336 }
1337 }
1338
1339 static void
1340 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1341 struct command_line *control)
1342 {
1343 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1344 struct commands_info info;
1345
1346 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1347 info.control = control;
1348 info.cmd = NULL;
1349 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1350 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1351 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1352
1353 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1354 {
1355 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1356 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1357 breakpoint_count);
1358 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1359 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1360 else
1361 {
1362 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1363 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1364 numbers will fail in this case. */
1365 arg = NULL;
1366 }
1367 }
1368 else
1369 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1370 our argument. */
1371 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1372
1373 if (arg != NULL)
1374 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1375
1376 info.arg = arg;
1377
1378 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1379
1380 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1381 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1382
1383 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1384 }
1385
1386 static void
1387 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1388 {
1389 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1390 }
1391
1392 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1393 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1394
1395 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1396 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1397 enum command_control_type
1398 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1399 {
1400 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1401 return simple_control;
1402 }
1403
1404 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1405
1406 static int
1407 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1408 {
1409 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1410 return 0;
1411 if (!bl->inserted)
1412 return 0;
1413 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1414 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1415 return 0;
1416 return 1;
1417 }
1418
1419 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1420 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1421
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1424 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1425
1426 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1427 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1428 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1429 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1430 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1431 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1432 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1433 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1434 and:
1435 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1436
1437 void
1438 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1439 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1440 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1441 {
1442 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1443 search. */
1444 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1445
1446 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1447 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1448 report higher one. */
1449
1450 bc_l = 0;
1451 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1452 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1453 {
1454 struct bp_location *bl;
1455
1456 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1457 bl = bp_location[bc];
1458
1459 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1460 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1461 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1462 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1463
1464 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1465 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1466 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1467
1468 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 >= bl->address)
1470 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1471 <= memaddr))
1472 bc_l = bc;
1473 else
1474 bc_r = bc;
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1478 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1479 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1480 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1481 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1482 B:
1483
1484 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1485
1486 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1487 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1488 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1489 and L2. */
1490 while (bc_l > 0
1491 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1492 bc_l--;
1493
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1495
1496 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1497 {
1498 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1499 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1500 int bp_size = 0;
1501 int bptoffset = 0;
1502
1503 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1504 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1505 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1506 bl->owner->number);
1507
1508 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1509 content. */
1510
1511 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1512 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1513 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1514 break;
1515
1516 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1517 continue;
1518 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1519 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1520 continue;
1521
1522 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1523 we need to copy. */
1524 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1525 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1526
1527 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1529 are reading. */
1530 continue;
1531
1532 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1533 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1534 reading. */
1535 continue;
1536
1537 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1538 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1539 {
1540 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1541 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1542 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1543 bp_addr = memaddr;
1544 }
1545
1546 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1547 {
1548 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1550 }
1551
1552 if (readbuf != NULL)
1553 {
1554 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1555 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1556 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1557 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1558 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1559
1560 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1561 shadow. */
1562 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1563 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1564 }
1565 else
1566 {
1567 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1568 const unsigned char *bp;
1569 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1570 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1571
1572 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1573 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1574 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1575
1576 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1577 address. */
1578 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1579
1580 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1581 breakpoint's INSN. */
1582 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1583 }
1584 }
1585 }
1586 \f
1587
1588 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1589 breakpoint. */
1590
1591 int
1592 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1593 {
1594 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1595 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1596 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1600
1601 static int
1602 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1603 {
1604 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1605 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1606 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1607 }
1608
1609 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1610 software. */
1611
1612 int
1613 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1614 {
1615 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1616 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1617 }
1618
1619 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1620 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1621 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1622 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1623 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1624 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1625 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1626 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1627
1628 static int
1629 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1630 {
1631 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1632 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1633 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1634 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1635 }
1636
1637 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1638 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1639
1640 static void
1641 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1642 {
1643 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1644
1645 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1646 {
1647 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1648 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1649 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1650 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1651 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1652 }
1653 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1654 }
1655
1656 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1657 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1658 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1659 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1660 in b->loc->cond.
1661 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1662
1663 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1664 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1665 it.
1666
1667 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1668 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1669 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1670 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1671 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1672 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1673 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1674 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1675
1676 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1677 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1678 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1679 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1680 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1681 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1682 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1683 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1684 not changed.
1685
1686 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1687 hardware watchpoints:
1688
1689 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1690 called several times when GDB stops.
1691
1692 [linux]
1693 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1694 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1695 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1696 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1697 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1698 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1699 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1700 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1701 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1702 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1703 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1704
1705 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1706 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1707
1708 static void
1709 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1710 {
1711 int within_current_scope;
1712 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1713 int frame_saved;
1714
1715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1719 return;
1720
1721 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1722 return;
1723
1724 frame_saved = 0;
1725
1726 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1727 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1728 within_current_scope = 1;
1729 else
1730 {
1731 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1732 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1733 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1734
1735 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1736 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1737 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1739 return;
1740
1741 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1742 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1743 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1744 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1745 selected frame. */
1746 frame_saved = 1;
1747 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1748
1749 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1750 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1751 if (within_current_scope)
1752 select_frame (fi);
1753 }
1754
1755 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1756 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1757 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1758 b->base.loc = NULL;
1759
1760 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1761 {
1762 char *s;
1763
1764 if (b->exp)
1765 {
1766 xfree (b->exp);
1767 b->exp = NULL;
1768 }
1769 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1770 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1771 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1772 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1773 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1774 be completely different objects. */
1775 value_free (b->val);
1776 b->val = NULL;
1777 b->val_valid = 0;
1778
1779 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1780 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1781 locations (re)created below. */
1782 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1783 {
1784 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1785 {
1786 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1787 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1788 }
1789
1790 s = b->base.cond_string;
1791 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1792 }
1793 }
1794
1795 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1796 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1797 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1798 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1799 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1800 if ( !target_has_execution)
1801 {
1802 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1803 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1804 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1805 }
1806 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1807 {
1808 int pc = 0;
1809 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1810 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1811
1812 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1813
1814 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1815 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1816 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1817 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1818 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1819 watchpoints. */
1820 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1821 {
1822 b->val = v;
1823 b->val_valid = 1;
1824 }
1825
1826 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1827
1828 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1829 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1830 {
1831 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1832 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1833 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1834 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1835 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1836 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1837 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1838 {
1839 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1840
1841 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1842 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1843 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1844 if (v == result
1845 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1846 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1847 {
1848 CORE_ADDR addr;
1849 int type;
1850 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1851
1852 addr = value_address (v);
1853 type = hw_write;
1854 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1855 type = hw_read;
1856 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1857 type = hw_access;
1858
1859 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1860 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1861 ;
1862 *tmp = loc;
1863 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1864
1865 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1866 loc->address = addr;
1867 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1868 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 }
1872
1873 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1874 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1875 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1876 is started. */
1877 if (reparse)
1878 {
1879 int reg_cnt;
1880 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1881 struct bp_location *bl;
1882
1883 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1884
1885 if (reg_cnt)
1886 {
1887 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1888 enum bptype type;
1889
1890 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1891 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1892 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1893
1894 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1895 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1896 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1897 this watchpoint in as well. */
1898
1899 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1900 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1901 hardware watchpoint type. */
1902 type = b->base.type;
1903 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1904 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1905
1906 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1907 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1908 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1909 through watch_command), so always account for it
1910 manually. */
1911
1912 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1913 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1914
1915 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1916 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1917
1918 target_resources_ok
1919 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1920 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1921 {
1922 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1923
1924 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1925 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1926 "hardware watchpoint."));
1927 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1928 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1929 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1930
1931 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1932 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1933 }
1934 else
1935 {
1936 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1937 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1938 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1939 nop. */
1940 b->base.type = type;
1941 }
1942 }
1943 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1944 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1945 "read/access watchpoint."));
1946 else
1947 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1948
1949 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1950 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1951 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1952 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1953 }
1954
1955 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1956 {
1957 next = value_next (v);
1958 if (v != b->val)
1959 value_free (v);
1960 }
1961
1962 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1963 above left it without any location set up. But,
1964 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1965 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1966 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1967 {
1968 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1969 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1970 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1971 base->loc->address = -1;
1972 base->loc->length = -1;
1973 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1974 }
1975 }
1976 else if (!within_current_scope)
1977 {
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1981 b->base.number);
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1983 }
1984
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1986 if (frame_saved)
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1988 }
1989
1990
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1996 static int
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1998 {
1999 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2000 return 0;
2001
2002 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2003 return 0;
2004
2005 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2006 return 0;
2007
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2009 return 0;
2010
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2020 return 0;
2021
2022 return 1;
2023 }
2024
2025 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2026 that the location is not duplicated. */
2027
2028 static int
2029 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2030 {
2031 int result;
2032 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2033
2034 bl->duplicate = 0;
2035 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2036 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2037 return result;
2038 }
2039
2040 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2041 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2042 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2043 any error during parsing. */
2044
2045 static struct agent_expr *
2046 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2047 {
2048 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2049 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2050 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2051
2052 if (!cond)
2053 return NULL;
2054
2055 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2056 that may show up. */
2057 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2058 {
2059 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2060 }
2061
2062 if (ex.reason < 0)
2063 {
2064 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2065 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2066 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2067 return NULL;
2068 }
2069
2070 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2071 return aexpr;
2072 }
2073
2074 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2075 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2076 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2077 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2078 one of them is true. */
2079
2080 static void
2081 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2082 {
2083 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2084 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2085 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2086 struct bp_location *loc;
2087
2088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2091 side. */
2092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2094 return;
2095
2096 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2097 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2098 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2099 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2100 response back to GDB. */
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2102 {
2103 loc = (*loc2p);
2104 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2105 {
2106 if (modified)
2107 {
2108 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2109
2110 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2111 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2112 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2113 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2114 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2115 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2116
2117 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2118 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2119 to the target. */
2120 if (aexpr)
2121 continue;
2122 }
2123
2124 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2125 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2126 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2127 {
2128 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2129 break;
2130 }
2131 }
2132 }
2133
2134 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2135 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2136 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2137
2138 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2139 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2140 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2141 {
2142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2143 {
2144 loc = (*loc2p);
2145 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2146 {
2147 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2148 located. */
2149 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2150 return;
2151
2152 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2153 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2154 }
2155 }
2156 }
2157
2158 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2159 for this location's address. */
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2161 {
2162 loc = (*loc2p);
2163 if (loc->cond
2164 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2165 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2166 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2167 && loc->enabled)
2168 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2169 conditions to the target. */
2170 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2171 loc->cond_bytecode);
2172 }
2173
2174 return;
2175 }
2176
2177 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2178 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2179 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2180
2181 static struct agent_expr *
2182 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2183 {
2184 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2185 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2186 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2187 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2188 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2189 char *cmdrest;
2190 char *format_start, *format_end;
2191 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2192 int nargs;
2193 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2194
2195 if (!cmd)
2196 return NULL;
2197
2198 cmdrest = cmd;
2199
2200 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2201 ++cmdrest;
2202 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2203
2204 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2205 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2206
2207 format_start = cmdrest;
2208
2209 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2210
2211 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2212
2213 format_end = cmdrest;
2214
2215 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2216 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2217
2218 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2219
2220 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2221 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2222
2223 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2224 cmdrest++;
2225 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2226
2227 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2228
2229 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2230 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2231
2232 nargs = 0;
2233 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2234 {
2235 char *cmd1;
2236
2237 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2238 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2239 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2240 cmdrest = cmd1;
2241 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2242 ++cmdrest;
2243 }
2244
2245 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2246 that may show up. */
2247 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2248 {
2249 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2250 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2251 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2252 }
2253
2254 if (ex.reason < 0)
2255 {
2256 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2257 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2258 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2259 return NULL;
2260 }
2261
2262 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2263
2264 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2265 return aexpr;
2266 }
2267
2268 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2269 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2270 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2271
2272 static void
2273 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2274 {
2275 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2276 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2277 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2278 struct bp_location *loc;
2279
2280 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2281 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2282 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2283 return;
2284
2285 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2286 return;
2287
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2294 {
2295 loc = (*loc2p);
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2297 {
2298 if (modified)
2299 {
2300 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2301
2302 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2307 loc->owner->extra_string);
2308 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2309
2310 if (!aexpr)
2311 continue;
2312 }
2313
2314 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2315 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2316 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2317 {
2318 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2319 break;
2320 }
2321 }
2322 }
2323
2324 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2325 and so clean up. */
2326 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2327 {
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2329 {
2330 loc = (*loc2p);
2331 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2332 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2333 {
2334 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2335 located. */
2336 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2337 return;
2338
2339 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2340 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2341 }
2342 }
2343 }
2344
2345 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2346 for this location's address. */
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2348 {
2349 loc = (*loc2p);
2350 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2351 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2352 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2353 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2354 && loc->enabled)
2355 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2356 to send the commands to the target. */
2357 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2358 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2359 }
2360
2361 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2362 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2363 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2364 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2365 }
2366
2367 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2368 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2369 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2370 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2371 -1 for failure.
2372
2373 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2374 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2375 static int
2376 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2377 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2378 int *disabled_breaks,
2379 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2380 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2381 {
2382 int val = 0;
2383 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2384 struct gdb_exception e;
2385
2386 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2387 return 0;
2388
2389 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2390 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2391 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2392 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2393 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2394 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2395 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2396 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2397 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2398 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2399 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2400 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2401
2402 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2403 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2404 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2405 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2406
2407 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2408 {
2409 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2410 build_target_command_list (bl);
2411 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2412 bl->needs_update = 0;
2413 }
2414
2415 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2416 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2417 {
2418 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2419 {
2420 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2421 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2422 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2423
2424 Two important cases are:
2425 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2426 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2427 hardware breakpoint.
2428 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2429 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2430 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2431 so we undo.
2432
2433 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2434 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2435 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2436 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2437 gdb. */
2438 struct mem_region *mr
2439 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2440
2441 if (mr)
2442 {
2443 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2444 {
2445 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2446
2447 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2448 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2449 else
2450 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2451
2452 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2453 {
2454 static int said = 0;
2455
2456 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2457 if (!said)
2458 {
2459 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2460 _("Note: automatically using "
2461 "hardware breakpoints for "
2462 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2463 said = 1;
2464 }
2465 }
2466 }
2467 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2468 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2469 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2470 "at readonly address %s"),
2471 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2472 }
2473 }
2474
2475 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2476 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2477 || bl->section == NULL
2478 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2479 {
2480 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2481 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2482 {
2483 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2484 }
2485 if (e.reason < 0)
2486 {
2487 val = 1;
2488 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2489 }
2490 }
2491 else
2492 {
2493 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2494 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2495 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2496 {
2497 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2498 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2499 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2500 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2501 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2502 bl->owner->number);
2503 else
2504 {
2505 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2506 bl->section);
2507 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2508 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2509 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2510 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2511 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2512 if (val != 0)
2513 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2514 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2515 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2516 bl->owner->number);
2517 }
2518 }
2519 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2520 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2521 {
2522 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2523 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2524 {
2525 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2526 }
2527 if (e.reason < 0)
2528 {
2529 val = 1;
2530 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2531 }
2532 }
2533 else
2534 {
2535 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2536 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2537 return 0;
2538 }
2539 }
2540
2541 if (val)
2542 {
2543 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2544 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2545 {
2546 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2547 val = 0;
2548 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2549 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2550 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2551 {
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2553 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2554 bl->owner->number);
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2556 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2557 "library breakpoints:\n");
2558 }
2559 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2561 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2562 }
2563 else
2564 {
2565 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2566 {
2567 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2568 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2570 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2571 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2572 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2574 }
2575 else
2576 {
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2578 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2579 bl->owner->number);
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2581 "Error accessing memory address ");
2582 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2583 tmp_error_stream);
2584 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2585 safe_strerror (val));
2586 }
2587
2588 }
2589 }
2590 else
2591 bl->inserted = 1;
2592
2593 return val;
2594 }
2595
2596 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2597 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2598 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2599 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2600 {
2601 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2602 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2603
2604 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2605
2606 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2607 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2608 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2609 {
2610 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2611
2612 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2613 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2614 of this one. */
2615 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2616 if (loc != bl
2617 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2618 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2619 {
2620 bl->duplicate = 1;
2621 bl->inserted = 1;
2622 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2623 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2624 val = 0;
2625 break;
2626 }
2627
2628 if (val == 1)
2629 {
2630 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2631 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2632
2633 if (val)
2634 /* Back to the original value. */
2635 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2636 }
2637 }
2638
2639 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2640 }
2641
2642 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2643 {
2644 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2645 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2646
2647 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2648 if (val)
2649 {
2650 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2651
2652 if (val == 1)
2653 warning (_("\
2654 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2655 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2656 else
2657 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2658 }
2659
2660 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2661
2662 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2663 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2664 so just return success. */
2665 return 0;
2666 }
2667
2668 return 0;
2669 }
2670
2671 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2672 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2673 PSPACE anymore. */
2674
2675 void
2676 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2677 {
2678 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2679 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2680
2681 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2683 {
2684 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2685 delete_breakpoint (b);
2686 }
2687
2688 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2689 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2690 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2691 {
2692 struct bp_location *tmp;
2693
2694 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2695 {
2696 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2697 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2698 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2699 else
2700 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2701 if (tmp->next == loc)
2702 {
2703 tmp->next = loc->next;
2704 break;
2705 }
2706 }
2707 }
2708
2709 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2710 removed locations above. */
2711 update_global_location_list (0);
2712 }
2713
2714 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2715 Throws exception on any error.
2716 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2717 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2718 void
2719 insert_breakpoints (void)
2720 {
2721 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2722
2723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2724 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2725 {
2726 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2727
2728 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2729 }
2730
2731 update_global_location_list (1);
2732
2733 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2734 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2735 now. */
2736 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2737 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2738 }
2739
2740 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2741
2742 void
2743 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2744 {
2745 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2746
2747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2748 {
2749 callback (loc, NULL);
2750 }
2751 }
2752
2753 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2754 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2755 always-inserted mode. */
2756
2757 static void
2758 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2759 {
2760 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2761 int error_flag = 0;
2762 int val = 0;
2763 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2764 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2765 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2766
2767 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2768 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2769
2770 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2771 there was an error. */
2772 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2773
2774 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2775
2776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2777 {
2778 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2779 breakpoints. */
2780 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2781 continue;
2782
2783 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2784 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2785 deletion of breakpoints. */
2786 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2787 continue;
2788
2789 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2790
2791 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2792 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2793 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2794 insert breakpoints. */
2795 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2796 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2797 continue;
2798
2799 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2800 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2801 if (val)
2802 error_flag = val;
2803 }
2804
2805 if (error_flag)
2806 {
2807 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2808 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2809 }
2810
2811 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2812 }
2813
2814 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2815
2816 static void
2817 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2818 {
2819 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2820 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2821 int error_flag = 0;
2822 int val = 0;
2823 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2824 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2825 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2826
2827 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2828 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2829
2830 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2831 there was an error. */
2832 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2833
2834 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2835
2836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2837 {
2838 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2839 continue;
2840
2841 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2842 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2843 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2844 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2845 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2846 continue;
2847
2848 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2849
2850 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2851 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2852 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2853 insert breakpoints. */
2854 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2855 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2856 continue;
2857
2858 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2859 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2860 if (val)
2861 error_flag = val;
2862 }
2863
2864 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2865 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2867 {
2868 int some_failed = 0;
2869 struct bp_location *loc;
2870
2871 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2872 continue;
2873
2874 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2875 continue;
2876
2877 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2878 continue;
2879
2880 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2881 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2882 {
2883 some_failed = 1;
2884 break;
2885 }
2886 if (some_failed)
2887 {
2888 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2889 if (loc->inserted)
2890 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2891
2892 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2893 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2894 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2895 bpt->number);
2896 error_flag = -1;
2897 }
2898 }
2899
2900 if (error_flag)
2901 {
2902 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2903 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2904 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2905 {
2906 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2907 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2908 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2909 }
2910 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2911 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2912 }
2913
2914 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2915 }
2916
2917 /* Used when the program stops.
2918 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2919 removing a breakpoint location. */
2920
2921 int
2922 remove_breakpoints (void)
2923 {
2924 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2925 int val = 0;
2926
2927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2928 {
2929 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2930 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2931 }
2932 return val;
2933 }
2934
2935 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2936
2937 int
2938 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2939 {
2940 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2941 int val;
2942 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2943
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2945 {
2946 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2947 continue;
2948
2949 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2950 continue;
2951
2952 if (bl->inserted)
2953 {
2954 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2955 if (val != 0)
2956 return val;
2957 }
2958 }
2959 return 0;
2960 }
2961
2962 int
2963 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2964 {
2965 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2966 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2967 int val;
2968 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2969 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2970 struct inferior *inf;
2971 struct thread_info *tp;
2972
2973 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2974 if (tp == NULL)
2975 return 1;
2976
2977 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2978 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2979
2980 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2981
2982 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2983 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2984
2985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2986 {
2987 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2988 continue;
2989
2990 if (bl->inserted)
2991 {
2992 bl->inserted = 0;
2993 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2994 if (val != 0)
2995 {
2996 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2997 return val;
2998 }
2999 }
3000 }
3001 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3002 return 0;
3003 }
3004
3005 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3006
3007 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3008 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3009 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3010 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3011 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3012 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3013 static void
3014 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3015 {
3016 if (internal)
3017 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3018 else
3019 {
3020 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3021 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3022 }
3023 }
3024
3025 static struct breakpoint *
3026 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3027 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3028 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3029 {
3030 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3031 struct breakpoint *b;
3032
3033 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3034
3035 sal.pc = address;
3036 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3037 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3038
3039 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3040 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3041 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3042
3043 return b;
3044 }
3045
3046 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3047 {
3048 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3049 };
3050 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3051
3052 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3053 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3054 {
3055 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3057
3058 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3060
3061 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3062 int longjmp_searched;
3063
3064 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3065 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3066
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3069
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3072
3073 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3074 int exception_searched;
3075
3076 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3077 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3078 };
3079
3080 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3081
3082 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3083 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3084
3085 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3086
3087 static int
3088 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3089 {
3090 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3091 }
3092
3093 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3094 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3095
3096 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3097 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3098 {
3099 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3100
3101 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3102 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3103 {
3104 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3105 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3106
3107 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3108 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3109 }
3110 return bp_objfile_data;
3111 }
3112
3113 static void
3114 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3115 {
3116 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3117
3118 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3119 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3120 }
3121
3122 static void
3123 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3124 {
3125 struct objfile *objfile;
3126 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3127
3128 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3129 {
3130 struct breakpoint *b;
3131 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3132 CORE_ADDR addr;
3133
3134 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3135
3136 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3137 continue;
3138
3139 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3140 {
3141 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3142
3143 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3144 if (m == NULL)
3145 {
3146 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3147 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3148 continue;
3149 }
3150 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3151 }
3152
3153 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3154 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3155 bp_overlay_event,
3156 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3157 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3158
3159 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3160 {
3161 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3162 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3163 }
3164 else
3165 {
3166 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3167 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3168 }
3169 }
3170 update_global_location_list (1);
3171 }
3172
3173 static void
3174 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3175 {
3176 struct program_space *pspace;
3177 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3178
3179 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3180
3181 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3182 {
3183 struct objfile *objfile;
3184
3185 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3186
3187 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3188 {
3189 int i;
3190 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3191 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3192
3193 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3194 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3195 continue;
3196
3197 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3198
3199 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3200 {
3201 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3202 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3203 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3204 }
3205
3206 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3207 {
3208 int i;
3209 struct probe *probe;
3210 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3211
3212 for (i = 0;
3213 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3214 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3215 i, probe);
3216 ++i)
3217 {
3218 struct breakpoint *b;
3219
3220 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3221 bp_longjmp_master,
3222 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3223 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3224 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3225 }
3226
3227 continue;
3228 }
3229
3230 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3231 {
3232 struct breakpoint *b;
3233 const char *func_name;
3234 CORE_ADDR addr;
3235
3236 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3237 continue;
3238
3239 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3240 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3241 {
3242 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3243
3244 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3245 if (m == NULL)
3246 {
3247 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3248 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3249 continue;
3250 }
3251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3252 }
3253
3254 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3255 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3256 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3257 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3258 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3259 }
3260 }
3261 }
3262 update_global_location_list (1);
3263
3264 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3265 }
3266
3267 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3268 static void
3269 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3270 {
3271 struct program_space *pspace;
3272 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3273 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3274
3275 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3276
3277 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3278 {
3279 struct objfile *objfile;
3280 CORE_ADDR addr;
3281
3282 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3283
3284 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3285 {
3286 struct breakpoint *b;
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3288
3289 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3290
3291 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3292 continue;
3293
3294 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3295 {
3296 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3297
3298 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3299 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3300 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3301 {
3302 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3304 continue;
3305 }
3306 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3307 }
3308
3309 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3310 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3311 bp_std_terminate_master,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3313 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3314 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3315 }
3316 }
3317
3318 update_global_location_list (1);
3319
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3321 }
3322
3323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3324
3325 static void
3326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3327 {
3328 struct objfile *objfile;
3329 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3330
3331 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3332 {
3333 struct breakpoint *b;
3334 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3336 CORE_ADDR addr;
3337
3338 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3339
3340 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3341 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3342 {
3343 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3344 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3345 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3346 }
3347
3348 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3349 {
3350 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3351 int i;
3352 struct probe *probe;
3353
3354 for (i = 0;
3355 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3356 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3357 i, probe);
3358 ++i)
3359 {
3360 struct breakpoint *b;
3361
3362 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3363 bp_exception_master,
3364 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3365 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3366 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3367 }
3368
3369 continue;
3370 }
3371
3372 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3373
3374 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3375 continue;
3376
3377 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3378
3379 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3380 {
3381 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3382
3383 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3384 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3385 {
3386 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3387 continue;
3388 }
3389
3390 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3391 }
3392
3393 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3394 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3395 &current_target);
3396 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3397 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3398 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3399 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3400 }
3401
3402 update_global_location_list (1);
3403 }
3404
3405 void
3406 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3407 {
3408 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3409 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3410
3411 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3412 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3413 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3414 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3415 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3416 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3417 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3418 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3419 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3420 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3421 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3422
3423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3424 {
3425 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3426 continue;
3427
3428 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3429 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3430 {
3431 delete_breakpoint (b);
3432 continue;
3433 }
3434
3435 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3436 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3437 {
3438 delete_breakpoint (b);
3439 continue;
3440 }
3441
3442 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3443 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3444 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3445 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3446 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3447 {
3448 delete_breakpoint (b);
3449 continue;
3450 }
3451
3452 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3453 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3454 {
3455 delete_breakpoint (b);
3456 continue;
3457 }
3458
3459 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3460 after an exec. */
3461 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3462 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3463 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3464 {
3465 delete_breakpoint (b);
3466 continue;
3467 }
3468
3469 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3470 {
3471 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3472 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3473 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3474 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3475 continue;
3476 }
3477
3478 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3479 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3480 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3481 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3482 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3483 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3484
3485 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3486 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3487 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3488 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3489 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3490 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3491 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3492
3493 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3494 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3495 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3496 let finish_command delete it.
3497
3498 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3499 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3500 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3501 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3502 solib breakpoints.) */
3503
3504 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3505 {
3506 continue;
3507 }
3508
3509 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3510 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3511 a.out. */
3512 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3513 {
3514 delete_breakpoint (b);
3515 continue;
3516 }
3517 }
3518 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3519 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3520 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3523 }
3524
3525 int
3526 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3527 {
3528 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3529 int val = 0;
3530 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3531 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3532
3533 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3534 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3535
3536 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3537 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3538 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3539 {
3540 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3541 continue;
3542
3543 if (bl->inserted)
3544 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3545 }
3546
3547 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3548 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3549
3550 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3551 return val;
3552 }
3553
3554 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3555 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3556 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3557 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3558 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3559
3560 static int
3561 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3562 {
3563 int val;
3564
3565 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3566 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3567
3568 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3569 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3570 return 0;
3571
3572 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3573 This should not ever happen. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3575
3576 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3577 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3578 {
3579 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3580 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3581 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3582
3583 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3584 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3585 || bl->section == NULL
3586 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3587 {
3588 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3589 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3590 }
3591 else
3592 {
3593 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3594 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3595 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3596 {
3597 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3598 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3599 */
3600 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3601 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3602 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3603 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3604 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3605 else
3606 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3607 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3608 }
3609 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3610 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3611 if (bl->inserted)
3612 {
3613 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3614 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3615 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3616 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3617
3618 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3619 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3620 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3621 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3622 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3623 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3624 else
3625 val = 0;
3626 }
3627 else
3628 {
3629 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3630 val = 0;
3631 }
3632 }
3633
3634 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3635 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3636 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3637 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3638 val = 0;
3639
3640 if (val)
3641 return val;
3642 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3643 }
3644 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3645 {
3646 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3647 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3648
3649 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3650 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3651
3652 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3653 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3654 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3655 bl->owner->number);
3656 }
3657 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3658 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3659 && !bl->duplicate)
3660 {
3661 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3662 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3663
3664 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3665 if (val)
3666 return val;
3667
3668 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3669 }
3670
3671 return 0;
3672 }
3673
3674 static int
3675 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3676 {
3677 int ret;
3678 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3679
3680 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3681 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3682
3683 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3684 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3685 return 0;
3686
3687 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3688 This should not ever happen. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3690
3691 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3692
3693 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3694
3695 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3696
3697 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3698 return ret;
3699 }
3700
3701 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3702
3703 void
3704 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3705 {
3706 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3707
3708 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3709 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3710 bl->inserted = 0;
3711 }
3712
3713 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3714 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3715
3716 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3717 between runs.
3718
3719 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3720 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3721 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3722
3723
3724
3725 void
3726 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3727 {
3728 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3729 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3730 int ix;
3731 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3732
3733 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3734 nothing to do. */
3735 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3736 return;
3737
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3739 {
3740 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3741 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3742 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3743 bl->inserted = 0;
3744 }
3745
3746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3747 {
3748 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3749 continue;
3750
3751 switch (b->type)
3752 {
3753 case bp_call_dummy:
3754 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3755
3756 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3757 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3758 rid of it. */
3759
3760 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3761
3762 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3763
3764 case bp_shlib_event:
3765
3766 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3767 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3768 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3769 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3770 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3771
3772 (gdb) file prog-linux
3773 (gdb) run # native linux target
3774 ...
3775 (gdb) kill
3776 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3777 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3778 */
3779
3780 case bp_step_resume:
3781
3782 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3783
3784 delete_breakpoint (b);
3785 break;
3786
3787 case bp_watchpoint:
3788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3789 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3790 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3791 {
3792 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3793
3794 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3795 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3796 delete_breakpoint (b);
3797 else if (context == inf_starting)
3798 {
3799 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3800 insert_breakpoints. */
3801 if (w->val)
3802 value_free (w->val);
3803 w->val = NULL;
3804 w->val_valid = 0;
3805 }
3806 }
3807 break;
3808 default:
3809 break;
3810 }
3811 }
3812
3813 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3814 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3815 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3816 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3817 }
3818
3819 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3820 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3821 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3822 match, not program space. */
3823
3824 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3825 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3826 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3827 permanent breakpoint.
3828 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3829 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3830 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3831 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3832 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3833
3834 enum breakpoint_here
3835 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3836 {
3837 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3838 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3839
3840 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3841 {
3842 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3843 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3844 continue;
3845
3846 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3847 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3848 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3849 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3850 {
3851 if (overlay_debugging
3852 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3853 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3854 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3855 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3856 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3857 else
3858 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3859 }
3860 }
3861
3862 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3863 }
3864
3865 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3866
3867 int
3868 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3869 {
3870 struct bp_location *loc;
3871 int ix;
3872
3873 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3874 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3875 return 1;
3876
3877 return 0;
3878 }
3879
3880 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3881 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3882 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3883 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3884
3885 int
3886 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3887 CORE_ADDR pc)
3888 {
3889 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3890
3891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3892 {
3893 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3894 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3895 continue;
3896
3897 if (bl->inserted
3898 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3899 {
3900 if (overlay_debugging
3901 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3902 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3903 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3904 else
3905 return 1;
3906 }
3907 }
3908 return 0;
3909 }
3910
3911 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3912 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3913
3914 int
3915 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3916 {
3917 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3918 return 1;
3919
3920 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3921 return 1;
3922
3923 return 0;
3924 }
3925
3926 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3927 inserted at PC. */
3928
3929 int
3930 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3931 CORE_ADDR pc)
3932 {
3933 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3934
3935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3936 {
3937 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3938 continue;
3939
3940 if (bl->inserted
3941 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3942 aspace, pc))
3943 {
3944 if (overlay_debugging
3945 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3946 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3947 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3948 else
3949 return 1;
3950 }
3951 }
3952
3953 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3954 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3955 return 1;
3956
3957 return 0;
3958 }
3959
3960 int
3961 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3962 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3963 {
3964 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3965
3966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3967 {
3968 struct bp_location *loc;
3969
3970 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3971 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3972 continue;
3973
3974 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3975 continue;
3976
3977 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3978 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3979 {
3980 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3981
3982 /* Check for intersection. */
3983 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3984 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3985 if (l < h)
3986 return 1;
3987 }
3988 }
3989 return 0;
3990 }
3991
3992 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3993 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3994
3995 int
3996 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3997 ptid_t ptid)
3998 {
3999 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4000 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4001 int thread = -1;
4002 int task = 0;
4003
4004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4005 {
4006 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4007 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4008 continue;
4009
4010 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4011 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4012 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4013 continue;
4014
4015 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4016 continue;
4017
4018 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4019 {
4020 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4021 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4022 it is now time to do so. */
4023 if (thread == -1)
4024 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4025 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4026 continue;
4027 }
4028
4029 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4030 {
4031 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4032 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4033 it is now time to do so. */
4034 if (task == 0)
4035 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4036 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4037 continue;
4038 }
4039
4040 if (overlay_debugging
4041 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4042 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4043 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4044
4045 return 1;
4046 }
4047
4048 return 0;
4049 }
4050 \f
4051
4052 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4053 in breakpoint.h. */
4054
4055 int
4056 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4057 {
4058 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4059 }
4060
4061 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4062 'next' chain. */
4063
4064 static void
4065 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4066 {
4067 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4068 value_free (bs->old_val);
4069 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4070 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4071 xfree (bs);
4072 }
4073
4074 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4075 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4076
4077 void
4078 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4079 {
4080 bpstat p;
4081 bpstat q;
4082
4083 if (bsp == 0)
4084 return;
4085 p = *bsp;
4086 while (p != NULL)
4087 {
4088 q = p->next;
4089 bpstat_free (p);
4090 p = q;
4091 }
4092 *bsp = NULL;
4093 }
4094
4095 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4096 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4097
4098 bpstat
4099 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4100 {
4101 bpstat p = NULL;
4102 bpstat tmp;
4103 bpstat retval = NULL;
4104
4105 if (bs == NULL)
4106 return bs;
4107
4108 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4109 {
4110 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4111 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4112 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4113 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4114 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4115 {
4116 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4117 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4118 }
4119
4120 if (p == NULL)
4121 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4122 retval = tmp;
4123 else
4124 p->next = tmp;
4125 p = tmp;
4126 }
4127 p->next = NULL;
4128 return retval;
4129 }
4130
4131 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4132
4133 bpstat
4134 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4135 {
4136 if (bsp == NULL)
4137 return NULL;
4138
4139 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4140 {
4141 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4142 return bsp;
4143 }
4144 return NULL;
4145 }
4146
4147 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4148
4149 enum bpstat_signal_value
4150 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4151 {
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4153
4154 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4155 {
4156 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4157 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4159
4160 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4161 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4162
4163 if (newval > result)
4164 result = newval;
4165 }
4166
4167 return result;
4168 }
4169
4170 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4171 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4172 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4173 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4174
4175 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4176 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4177 we set it.
4178 Return 1 otherwise. */
4179
4180 int
4181 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4182 {
4183 struct breakpoint *b;
4184
4185 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4186 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4187
4188 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4189 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4190 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4191 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4192 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4193 if (b == NULL)
4194 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4195
4196 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4197 return 1;
4198 }
4199
4200 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4201
4202 void
4203 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4204 {
4205 struct thread_info *tp;
4206 bpstat bs;
4207
4208 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4209 return;
4210
4211 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4212 if (tp == NULL)
4213 return;
4214
4215 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4216 {
4217 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4218
4219 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4220 {
4221 value_free (bs->old_val);
4222 bs->old_val = NULL;
4223 }
4224 }
4225 }
4226
4227 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4228
4229 static void
4230 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4231 {
4232 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4233 {
4234 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4235
4236 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4237 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4238 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4239 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4240 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4241 return;
4242 }
4243
4244 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4245 }
4246
4247 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4248 command. */
4249 static void
4250 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4251 {
4252 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4253 }
4254
4255 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4256 or its equivalent. */
4257
4258 static int
4259 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4260 {
4261 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4262 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4263 }
4264
4265 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4266 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4267 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4268 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4269
4270 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4271 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4272 bpstat of the current thread. */
4273
4274 static int
4275 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4276 {
4277 bpstat bs;
4278 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4279 int again = 0;
4280
4281 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4282 in bs->commands. */
4283 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4284 return 0;
4285
4286 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4287 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4288
4289 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4290
4291 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4292 bs = *bsp;
4293
4294 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4295 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4296 {
4297 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4298 struct command_line *cmd;
4299 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4300
4301 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4302
4303 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4304 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4305 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4306 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4307 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4308 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4309 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4310 the tree when we're done. */
4311 ccmd = bs->commands;
4312 bs->commands = NULL;
4313 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4314 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4315 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4316 {
4317 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4318 cmd = cmd->next;
4319 }
4320
4321 while (cmd != NULL)
4322 {
4323 execute_control_command (cmd);
4324
4325 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4326 break;
4327 else
4328 cmd = cmd->next;
4329 }
4330
4331 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4332 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4333
4334 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4335 {
4336 if (target_can_async_p ())
4337 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4338 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4339 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4340 ;
4341 else
4342 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4343 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4344 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4345 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4346 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4347 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4348 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4349 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4350 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4351 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4352 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4353 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4354 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4355 again = 1;
4356 break;
4357 }
4358 }
4359 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4360 return again;
4361 }
4362
4363 void
4364 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4365 {
4366 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4367
4368 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4369 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4370 && target_has_execution
4371 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4372 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4373 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4374 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4375 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4376 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4377 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4378 break;
4379
4380 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4381 }
4382
4383 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4384
4385 static void
4386 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4387 {
4388 if (val == NULL)
4389 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4390 else
4391 {
4392 struct value_print_options opts;
4393 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4394 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4395 }
4396 }
4397
4398 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4399 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4400 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4401 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4402 normal_stop(). */
4403
4404 static enum print_stop_action
4405 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4406 {
4407 switch (bs->print_it)
4408 {
4409 case print_it_noop:
4410 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4411 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4412 break;
4413
4414 case print_it_done:
4415 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4416 relevant messages. */
4417 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4418 break;
4419
4420 case print_it_normal:
4421 {
4422 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4423
4424 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4425 which has since been deleted. */
4426 if (b == NULL)
4427 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4428
4429 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4430 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4431 }
4432 break;
4433
4434 default:
4435 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4436 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4437 break;
4438 }
4439 }
4440
4441 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4442
4443 static void
4444 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4445 {
4446 int any_deleted
4447 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4448 int any_added
4449 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4450
4451 if (!is_catchpoint)
4452 {
4453 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4454 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4455 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4456 else
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4459 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4460 }
4461
4462 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4463 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4464 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4465
4466 if (any_deleted)
4467 {
4468 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4469 char *name;
4470 int ix;
4471
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4473 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4474 "removed");
4475 for (ix = 0;
4476 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4477 ix, name);
4478 ++ix)
4479 {
4480 if (ix > 0)
4481 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4482 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4483 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4484 }
4485
4486 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4487 }
4488
4489 if (any_added)
4490 {
4491 struct so_list *iter;
4492 int ix;
4493 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4494
4495 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4496 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4497 "added");
4498 for (ix = 0;
4499 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4500 ix, iter);
4501 ++ix)
4502 {
4503 if (ix > 0)
4504 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4505 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4506 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4507 }
4508
4509 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4510 }
4511 }
4512
4513 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4514 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4515 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4516 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4517 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4518 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4519 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4520 routine is one of:
4521
4522 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4523 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4524 code to print the location. An example is
4525 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4526 the location.
4527 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4528 to also print the location part of the message.
4529 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4530 don't require a location appended to the end.
4531 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4532 further info to be printed. */
4533
4534 enum print_stop_action
4535 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4536 {
4537 int val;
4538
4539 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4540 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4541 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4542 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4543 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4544 {
4545 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4546 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4547 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4548 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4549 return val;
4550 }
4551
4552 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4553 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4554 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4555 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4556 {
4557 print_solib_event (0);
4558 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4559 }
4560
4561 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4562 with and nothing was printed. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4564 }
4565
4566 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4567 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4568 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4569 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4570
4571 static int
4572 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4573 {
4574 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4575 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4576
4577 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4578 return i;
4579 }
4580
4581 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4582
4583 static bpstat
4584 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4585 {
4586 bpstat bs;
4587
4588 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4589 bs->next = NULL;
4590 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4591 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4592 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4593 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4594 incref_bp_location (bl);
4595 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4596 bs->commands = NULL;
4597 bs->old_val = NULL;
4598 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4599 return bs;
4600 }
4601 \f
4602 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4603 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4604
4605 int
4606 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4607 {
4608 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4609 CORE_ADDR addr;
4610 struct breakpoint *b;
4611
4612 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4613 {
4614 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4615 as not triggered. */
4616 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4617 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4618 {
4619 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4620
4621 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4622 }
4623
4624 return 0;
4625 }
4626
4627 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4628 {
4629 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4630 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4631 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4633 {
4634 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4635
4636 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4637 }
4638
4639 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4640 }
4641
4642 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4643 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4644 triggered. */
4645
4646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4647 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4648 {
4649 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4650 struct bp_location *loc;
4651
4652 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4653 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4654 {
4655 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4656 {
4657 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4658 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4659
4660 if (newaddr == start)
4661 {
4662 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4663 break;
4664 }
4665 }
4666 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4667 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4668 addr, loc->address,
4669 loc->length))
4670 {
4671 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4672 break;
4673 }
4674 }
4675 }
4676
4677 return 1;
4678 }
4679
4680 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4681 because of check_errors). */
4682 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4683 #define WP_DELETED 1
4684 /* The value has changed. */
4685 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4686 /* The value has not changed. */
4687 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4688 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4689 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4690
4691 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4692 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4693
4694 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4695 changed.
4696
4697 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4698 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4699
4700 static int
4701 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4702 {
4703 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4704 struct watchpoint *b;
4705 struct frame_info *fr;
4706 int within_current_scope;
4707
4708 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4709 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4710 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4711
4712 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4713 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4714 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4715 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4716 return WP_IGNORE;
4717
4718 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4719 within_current_scope = 1;
4720 else
4721 {
4722 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4723 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4724 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4725
4726 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4727 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4728 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4729 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4730 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4731 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4732 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4733 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4734 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4735 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4736 return WP_IGNORE;
4737
4738 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4739 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4740
4741 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4742 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4743 if (within_current_scope)
4744 {
4745 struct symbol *function;
4746
4747 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4748 if (function == NULL
4749 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4750 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4751 within_current_scope = 0;
4752 }
4753
4754 if (within_current_scope)
4755 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4756 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4757 the user. */
4758 select_frame (fr);
4759 }
4760
4761 if (within_current_scope)
4762 {
4763 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4764 time before we return to the command level and call
4765 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4766 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4767
4768 int pc = 0;
4769 struct value *mark;
4770 struct value *new_val;
4771
4772 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4773 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4774 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4775 a mask watchpoint. */
4776 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4777
4778 mark = value_mark ();
4779 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4780
4781 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4782 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4783 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4784 not what we want. */
4785 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4786 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4787 {
4788 if (new_val != NULL)
4789 {
4790 release_value (new_val);
4791 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4792 }
4793 bs->old_val = b->val;
4794 b->val = new_val;
4795 b->val_valid = 1;
4796 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4797 }
4798 else
4799 {
4800 /* Nothing changed. */
4801 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4802 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4803 }
4804 }
4805 else
4806 {
4807 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4808
4809 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4810 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4811 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4812 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4813 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4814 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4815 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4816 the first value assigned). */
4817 /* We print all the stop information in
4818 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4819 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4820 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4821 here. */
4822 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4823 ui_out_field_string
4824 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4825 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4826 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4827 ui_out_text (uiout,
4828 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4829 which its expression is valid.\n");
4830
4831 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4832 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4833 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4834
4835 return WP_DELETED;
4836 }
4837 }
4838
4839 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4840 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4841 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4842
4843 static int
4844 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4845 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4846 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4847 {
4848 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4849
4850 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4851 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4852
4853 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4854 }
4855
4856 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4857 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4858
4859 static void
4860 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4861 {
4862 const struct bp_location *bl;
4863 struct watchpoint *b;
4864
4865 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4866 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4867 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4868 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4869 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4870
4871 {
4872 int must_check_value = 0;
4873
4874 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4875 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4876 watched value. */
4877 must_check_value = 1;
4878 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4879 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4880 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4881 this watchpoint. */
4882 must_check_value = 1;
4883 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4884 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4885 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4886 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4887 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4888 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4889 must_check_value = 1;
4890
4891 if (must_check_value)
4892 {
4893 char *message
4894 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4895 b->base.number);
4896 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4897 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4898 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4899 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4900 switch (e)
4901 {
4902 case WP_DELETED:
4903 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4904 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4905 /* Stop. */
4906 break;
4907 case WP_IGNORE:
4908 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4909 bs->stop = 0;
4910 break;
4911 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4912 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4913 {
4914 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4915
4916 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4917 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4918 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4919 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4920 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4921 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4922 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4923 old value.
4924
4925 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4926 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4927 happen:
4928
4929 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4930 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4931 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4932 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4933
4934 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4935 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4936 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4937 watchpoint.
4938
4939 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4940 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4941 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4942 changes. This still gives false positives when
4943 the program writes the same value to memory as
4944 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4945 it for a read), but it's much better than
4946 nothing. */
4947
4948 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4949
4950 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4951 {
4952 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4953
4954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4955 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4956 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4957 {
4958 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4959 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4960
4961 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4962 == watch_triggered_yes)
4963 {
4964 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4965 break;
4966 }
4967 }
4968 }
4969
4970 if (other_write_watchpoint
4971 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4972 {
4973 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4974 and the value changed since the last time we
4975 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4976 Ignore it. */
4977 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4978 bs->stop = 0;
4979 }
4980 }
4981 break;
4982 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4983 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4984 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4985 {
4986 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4987 the value hasn't changed. */
4988 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4989 bs->stop = 0;
4990 }
4991 /* Stop. */
4992 break;
4993 default:
4994 /* Can't happen. */
4995 case 0:
4996 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4997 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4998 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4999 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5000 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5001 break;
5002 }
5003 }
5004 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5005 {
5006 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5007 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5008 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5009 anything for this watchpoint. */
5010 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5011 bs->stop = 0;
5012 }
5013 }
5014 }
5015
5016
5017 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5018 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5019 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5020
5021 static void
5022 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5023 {
5024 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5025 const struct bp_location *bl;
5026 struct breakpoint *b;
5027
5028 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5029 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5030 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5031 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5032 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5033
5034 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5035 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5036 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5037
5038 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5039 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5040 bs->stop = 0;
5041 else if (bs->stop)
5042 {
5043 int value_is_zero = 0;
5044 struct expression *cond;
5045
5046 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5047 method implemented. */
5048 if (b->py_bp_object)
5049 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5050
5051 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5052 {
5053 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5054
5055 cond = w->cond_exp;
5056 }
5057 else
5058 cond = bl->cond;
5059
5060 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5061 {
5062 int within_current_scope = 1;
5063 struct watchpoint * w;
5064
5065 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5066 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5067 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5068 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5069 function call. */
5070 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5071
5072 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5073 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5074 else
5075 w = NULL;
5076
5077 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5078 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5079 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5080 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5081 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5082 call site. */
5083 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5084 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5085 else
5086 {
5087 struct frame_info *frame;
5088
5089 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5090 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5091 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5092 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5093 really matter which instantiation of the function
5094 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5095 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5096 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5097 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5098 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5099 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5100 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5101 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5102 intuitive. */
5103 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5104 if (frame != NULL)
5105 select_frame (frame);
5106 else
5107 within_current_scope = 0;
5108 }
5109 if (within_current_scope)
5110 value_is_zero
5111 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5112 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5113 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5114 else
5115 {
5116 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5117 "in the current scope"));
5118 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5119 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5120 value_is_zero = 0;
5121 }
5122 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5123 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5124 }
5125
5126 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5127 {
5128 bs->stop = 0;
5129 }
5130 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5131 {
5132 bs->stop = 0;
5133 }
5134 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5135 {
5136 b->ignore_count--;
5137 bs->stop = 0;
5138 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5139 ++(b->hit_count);
5140 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5141 }
5142 }
5143 }
5144
5145
5146 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5147 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5148
5149 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5150 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5151 that:
5152
5153 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5154
5155 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5156
5157 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5158 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5159 several reasons concurrently.)
5160
5161 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5162 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5163
5164 bpstat
5165 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5166 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5167 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5168 {
5169 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5170 struct bp_location *bl;
5171 struct bp_location *loc;
5172 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5173 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5174 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5175 bpstat bs;
5176 int ix;
5177 int need_remove_insert;
5178 int removed_any;
5179
5180 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5181 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5182 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5183 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5184 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5185 inferior function calls. */
5186
5187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5188 {
5189 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5190 continue;
5191
5192 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5193 {
5194 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5195 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5196 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5197 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5198 checked all locations already. */
5199 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5200 break;
5201
5202 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5203 continue;
5204
5205 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5206 continue;
5207
5208 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5209 matches. */
5210
5211 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5212 explain stop. */
5213
5214 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5215 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5216 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5217 bs->stop = 1;
5218 bs->print = 1;
5219
5220 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5221 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5222 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5223 iteration. */
5224 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5225 {
5226 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5227
5228 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5229 }
5230 }
5231 }
5232
5233 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5234 {
5235 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5236 {
5237 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5238 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5239 bs->stop = 0;
5240 bs->print = 0;
5241 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5242 }
5243 }
5244
5245 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5246 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5247 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5248 "catch unload". */
5249 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5250 {
5251 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5252 {
5253 handle_solib_event ();
5254 break;
5255 }
5256 }
5257
5258 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5259 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5260 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5261
5262 removed_any = 0;
5263
5264 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5265 {
5266 if (!bs->stop)
5267 continue;
5268
5269 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5270 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5271 if (bs->stop)
5272 {
5273 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5274
5275 if (bs->stop)
5276 {
5277 ++(b->hit_count);
5278 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5279
5280 /* We will stop here. */
5281 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5282 {
5283 --(b->enable_count);
5284 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5285 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5286 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5287 removed_any = 1;
5288 }
5289 if (b->silent)
5290 bs->print = 0;
5291 bs->commands = b->commands;
5292 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5293 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5294 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5295 bs->print = 0;
5296 }
5297
5298 }
5299
5300 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5301 print. */
5302 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5303 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5304 }
5305
5306 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5307 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5308 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5309 done later. */
5310 need_remove_insert = 0;
5311 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5312 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5313 if (!bs->stop
5314 && bs->breakpoint_at
5315 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5316 {
5317 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5318
5319 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5320 need_remove_insert = 1;
5321 }
5322
5323 if (need_remove_insert)
5324 update_global_location_list (1);
5325 else if (removed_any)
5326 update_global_location_list (0);
5327
5328 return bs_head;
5329 }
5330
5331 static void
5332 handle_jit_event (void)
5333 {
5334 struct frame_info *frame;
5335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5336
5337 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5338 breakpoint_re_set. */
5339 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5340
5341 frame = get_current_frame ();
5342 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5343
5344 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5345
5346 target_terminal_inferior ();
5347 }
5348
5349 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5350
5351 void
5352 handle_solib_event (void)
5353 {
5354 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5355
5356 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5357 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5358 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5359 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5360 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5361 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5362 #else
5363 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5364 #endif
5365 target_terminal_inferior ();
5366 }
5367
5368 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5369
5370 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5371
5372 struct bpstat_what
5373 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5374 {
5375 struct bpstat_what retval;
5376 int jit_event = 0;
5377 bpstat bs;
5378
5379 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5380 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5381 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5382
5383 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5384 {
5385 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5386 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5387 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5388 enum bptype bptype;
5389
5390 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5391 {
5392 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5393 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5394 bptype = bp_none;
5395 }
5396 else
5397 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5398
5399 switch (bptype)
5400 {
5401 case bp_none:
5402 break;
5403 case bp_breakpoint:
5404 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5405 case bp_until:
5406 case bp_finish:
5407 case bp_shlib_event:
5408 if (bs->stop)
5409 {
5410 if (bs->print)
5411 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5412 else
5413 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5414 }
5415 else
5416 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5417 break;
5418 case bp_watchpoint:
5419 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5420 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5421 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5422 if (bs->stop)
5423 {
5424 if (bs->print)
5425 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5426 else
5427 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5428 }
5429 else
5430 {
5431 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5432 This requires no further action. */
5433 }
5434 break;
5435 case bp_longjmp:
5436 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5437 case bp_exception:
5438 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5439 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5440 break;
5441 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5442 case bp_exception_resume:
5443 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5444 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5445 break;
5446 case bp_step_resume:
5447 if (bs->stop)
5448 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5449 else
5450 {
5451 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5452 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5453 }
5454 break;
5455 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5456 if (bs->stop)
5457 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5458 else
5459 {
5460 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5461 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5462 }
5463 break;
5464 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5465 case bp_thread_event:
5466 case bp_overlay_event:
5467 case bp_longjmp_master:
5468 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5469 case bp_exception_master:
5470 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5471 break;
5472 case bp_catchpoint:
5473 if (bs->stop)
5474 {
5475 if (bs->print)
5476 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5477 else
5478 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5479 }
5480 else
5481 {
5482 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5483 This requires no further action. */
5484 }
5485 break;
5486 case bp_jit_event:
5487 jit_event = 1;
5488 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5489 break;
5490 case bp_call_dummy:
5491 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5492 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5493 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5494 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5495 break;
5496 case bp_std_terminate:
5497 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5498 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5499 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5500 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5501 break;
5502 case bp_tracepoint:
5503 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5504 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5505 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5506 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5507 out already. */
5508 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5509 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5510 break;
5511 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5512 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5513 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5514 break;
5515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5516 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5517 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5518 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5519 break;
5520
5521 case bp_dprintf:
5522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5523 break;
5524
5525 default:
5526 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5527 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5528 }
5529
5530 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5531 }
5532
5533 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5534 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5535
5536 if (jit_event)
5537 {
5538 if (debug_infrun)
5539 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5540
5541 handle_jit_event ();
5542 }
5543
5544 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5545 {
5546 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5547
5548 if (b == NULL)
5549 continue;
5550 switch (b->type)
5551 {
5552 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5553 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5554 break;
5555 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5556 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5557 break;
5558 }
5559 }
5560
5561 return retval;
5562 }
5563
5564 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5565 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5566 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5567
5568 int
5569 bpstat_should_step (void)
5570 {
5571 struct breakpoint *b;
5572
5573 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5574 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5575 return 1;
5576 return 0;
5577 }
5578
5579 int
5580 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5581 {
5582 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5583 if (bs->stop)
5584 return 1;
5585
5586 return 0;
5587 }
5588
5589 \f
5590
5591 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5592 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5593 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5594
5595 static char *
5596 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5597 {
5598 static char wrap_indent[80];
5599 int i, total_width, width, align;
5600 char *text;
5601
5602 total_width = 0;
5603 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5604 {
5605 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5606 {
5607 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5608 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5609 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5610
5611 return wrap_indent;
5612 }
5613
5614 total_width += width + 1;
5615 }
5616
5617 return NULL;
5618 }
5619
5620 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5621 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5622
5623 "host": Host evals condition.
5624 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5625 "target": Target evals condition.
5626 */
5627
5628 static const char *
5629 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5630 {
5631 struct bp_location *bl;
5632 char host_evals = 0;
5633 char target_evals = 0;
5634
5635 if (!b)
5636 return NULL;
5637
5638 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5639 return NULL;
5640
5641 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5642 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5643 return condition_evaluation_host;
5644
5645 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5646 {
5647 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5648 target_evals++;
5649 else
5650 host_evals++;
5651 }
5652
5653 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5654 return condition_evaluation_both;
5655 else if (target_evals)
5656 return condition_evaluation_target;
5657 else
5658 return condition_evaluation_host;
5659 }
5660
5661 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5662 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5663
5664 static const char *
5665 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5666 {
5667 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5668 return NULL;
5669
5670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5672 return condition_evaluation_host;
5673
5674 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5675 return condition_evaluation_target;
5676 else
5677 return condition_evaluation_host;
5678 }
5679
5680 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5681
5682 static void
5683 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5684 struct bp_location *loc)
5685 {
5686 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5687 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5688
5689 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5690 loc = NULL;
5691
5692 if (loc != NULL)
5693 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5694
5695 if (b->display_canonical)
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5697 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5698 {
5699 struct symbol *sym
5700 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5701 if (sym)
5702 {
5703 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5705 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5706 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5707 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5708 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5709 }
5710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5711 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5712 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5713
5714 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5716 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5717
5718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5719 }
5720 else if (loc)
5721 {
5722 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5723 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5724
5725 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5726 demangle, "");
5727 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5728
5729 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5730 }
5731 else
5732 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5733
5734 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5735 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5736 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5737 {
5738 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5739 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5740 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5741 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5742 }
5743
5744 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5745 }
5746
5747 static const char *
5748 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5749 {
5750 struct ep_type_description
5751 {
5752 enum bptype type;
5753 char *description;
5754 };
5755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5756 {
5757 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5758 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5760 {bp_until, "until"},
5761 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5762 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5767 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5769 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5770 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5771 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5772 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5773 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5774 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5775 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5776 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5777 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5778 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5779 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5780 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5781 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5782 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5783 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5784 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5786 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5787 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5788 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5790 };
5791
5792 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5793 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5794 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5795 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5796 (int) type);
5797
5798 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5799 }
5800
5801 DEF_VEC_I(int);
5802
5803 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5804 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5805
5806 static void
5807 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5808 const char *field_name,
5809 VEC(int) *inf_num,
5810 int mi_only)
5811 {
5812 struct cleanup *back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout,
5813 field_name);
5814 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5815 int inf;
5816 int i;
5817
5818 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5819 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5820 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5821 return;
5822
5823 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5824 {
5825 if (is_mi)
5826 {
5827 char mi_group[10];
5828
5829 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5830 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5831 }
5832 else
5833 {
5834 if (i == 0)
5835 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5836 else
5837 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5838
5839 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5840 }
5841 }
5842
5843 do_cleanups (back_to);
5844 }
5845
5846 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5847
5848 static void
5849 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5850 struct bp_location *loc,
5851 int loc_number,
5852 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5853 int allflag)
5854 {
5855 struct command_line *l;
5856 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5857
5858 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5859 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5860 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5861 struct value_print_options opts;
5862
5863 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5864
5865 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5866 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5867 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5868 if (loc == NULL
5869 && (b->loc != NULL
5870 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5871 header_of_multiple = 1;
5872 if (loc == NULL)
5873 loc = b->loc;
5874
5875 annotate_record ();
5876
5877 /* 1 */
5878 annotate_field (0);
5879 if (part_of_multiple)
5880 {
5881 char *formatted;
5882 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5883 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5884 xfree (formatted);
5885 }
5886 else
5887 {
5888 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5889 }
5890
5891 /* 2 */
5892 annotate_field (1);
5893 if (part_of_multiple)
5894 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5895 else
5896 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5897
5898 /* 3 */
5899 annotate_field (2);
5900 if (part_of_multiple)
5901 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5902 else
5903 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5904
5905
5906 /* 4 */
5907 annotate_field (3);
5908 if (part_of_multiple)
5909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5910 else
5911 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5912 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5913 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5914
5915
5916 /* 5 and 6 */
5917 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5918 {
5919 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5920 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5921 make sure there's just one location. */
5922 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5923 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5924 }
5925 else
5926 switch (b->type)
5927 {
5928 case bp_none:
5929 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5930 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5931 break;
5932
5933 case bp_watchpoint:
5934 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5935 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5936 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5937 {
5938 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5939
5940 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5941 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5942 is relatively readable). */
5943 if (opts.addressprint)
5944 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5945 annotate_field (5);
5946 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5947 }
5948 break;
5949
5950 case bp_breakpoint:
5951 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5952 case bp_until:
5953 case bp_finish:
5954 case bp_longjmp:
5955 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5956 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5957 case bp_exception:
5958 case bp_exception_resume:
5959 case bp_step_resume:
5960 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5961 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5962 case bp_call_dummy:
5963 case bp_std_terminate:
5964 case bp_shlib_event:
5965 case bp_thread_event:
5966 case bp_overlay_event:
5967 case bp_longjmp_master:
5968 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5969 case bp_exception_master:
5970 case bp_tracepoint:
5971 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5972 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5973 case bp_dprintf:
5974 case bp_jit_event:
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5977 if (opts.addressprint)
5978 {
5979 annotate_field (4);
5980 if (header_of_multiple)
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5982 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5984 else
5985 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5986 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5987 }
5988 annotate_field (5);
5989 if (!header_of_multiple)
5990 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5991 if (b->loc)
5992 *last_loc = b->loc;
5993 break;
5994 }
5995
5996
5997 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
5998 {
5999 struct inferior *inf;
6000 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6001 int mi_only = 1;
6002
6003 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6004 {
6005 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6006 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6007 }
6008
6009 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6010 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6011 if (allflag
6012 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6013 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6014 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6015 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6016 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6017 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6018 mi_only = 0;
6019 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6020 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6021 }
6022
6023 if (!part_of_multiple)
6024 {
6025 if (b->thread != -1)
6026 {
6027 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6028 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6029 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6030 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6031 }
6032 else if (b->task != 0)
6033 {
6034 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6035 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6036 }
6037 }
6038
6039 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6040
6041 if (!part_of_multiple)
6042 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6043
6044 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6045 {
6046 annotate_field (6);
6047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6048 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6049 the frame ID. */
6050 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6051 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6053 }
6054
6055 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6056 {
6057 annotate_field (7);
6058 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6059 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6060 else
6061 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6062 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6063
6064 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6065 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6066 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6067 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6068 == condition_evaluation_target)
6069 {
6070 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6071 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6072 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6073 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6074 }
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6076 }
6077
6078 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6079 {
6080 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6083 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6084 }
6085
6086 if (!part_of_multiple)
6087 {
6088 if (b->hit_count)
6089 {
6090 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6091 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6093 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6094 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6095 else
6096 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6098 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6099 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6100 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6101 else
6102 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6103 }
6104 else
6105 {
6106 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6107 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6108 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6109 }
6110 }
6111
6112 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6113 {
6114 annotate_field (8);
6115 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6116 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6117 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6118 }
6119
6120 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6121 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6122 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6123 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6124 {
6125 annotate_field (8);
6126 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6127 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6128 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6129 if (b->ignore_count)
6130 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6131 else
6132 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6133 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6134 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6135 }
6136
6137 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6138 {
6139 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6140
6141 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6142 {
6143 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6144 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6145 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6146 }
6147 }
6148
6149 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6150 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6151 {
6152 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6153
6154 annotate_field (9);
6155 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6156 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6157 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6158 }
6159
6160 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6161 {
6162 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6163
6164 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6165 {
6166 annotate_field (10);
6167 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6168 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6169 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6170 }
6171
6172 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6173 pending. */
6174 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6175 {
6176 annotate_field (11);
6177
6178 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6180 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6181 else
6182 {
6183 if (loc->inserted)
6184 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6185 else
6186 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6187 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6188 }
6189 }
6190 }
6191
6192 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6193 {
6194 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6195 {
6196 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6197
6198 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6199 }
6200 else if (b->addr_string)
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6202 }
6203 }
6204
6205 static void
6206 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6207 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6208 int allflag)
6209 {
6210 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6211 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6212
6213 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6214
6215 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6216 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6217
6218 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6219 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6220 locations, if any. */
6221 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6222 {
6223 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6224 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6225 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6226 situation.
6227
6228 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6229 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6230 if (b->loc
6231 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6232 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6233 {
6234 struct bp_location *loc;
6235 int n = 1;
6236
6237 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6238 {
6239 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6240 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6241 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6242 do_cleanups (inner2);
6243 }
6244 }
6245 }
6246 }
6247
6248 static int
6249 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6250 {
6251 int print_address_bits = 0;
6252 struct bp_location *loc;
6253
6254 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6255 {
6256 int addr_bit;
6257
6258 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6259 an address to print. */
6260 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6261 continue;
6262
6263 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6264 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6265 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6266 }
6267
6268 return print_address_bits;
6269 }
6270
6271 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6272 {
6273 int bnum;
6274 };
6275
6276 static int
6277 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6278 {
6279 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6280 struct breakpoint *b;
6281 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6282
6283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6284 {
6285 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6286 {
6287 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6288 return GDB_RC_OK;
6289 }
6290 }
6291 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6292 }
6293
6294 enum gdb_rc
6295 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6296 char **error_message)
6297 {
6298 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6299
6300 args.bnum = bnum;
6301 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6302 an error. */
6303 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6304 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6305 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6306 else
6307 return GDB_RC_OK;
6308 }
6309
6310 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6311 internal or momentary. */
6312
6313 int
6314 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6315 {
6316 return b->number > 0;
6317 }
6318
6319 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6320 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6321 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6322 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6323 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6324 breakpoints listed. */
6325
6326 static int
6327 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6328 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6329 {
6330 struct breakpoint *b;
6331 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6332 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6333 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6334 struct value_print_options opts;
6335 int print_address_bits = 0;
6336 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6337 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6338
6339 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6340
6341 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6342 required for address fields. */
6343 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6344 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6345 {
6346 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6347 if (filter && !filter (b))
6348 continue;
6349
6350 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6351 accept. Skip the others. */
6352 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6353 {
6354 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6355 continue;
6356 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6357 continue;
6358 }
6359
6360 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6361 {
6362 int addr_bit, type_len;
6363
6364 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6365 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6366 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6367
6368 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6369 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6370 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6371
6372 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6373 }
6374 }
6375
6376 if (opts.addressprint)
6377 bkpttbl_chain
6378 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6379 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6380 "BreakpointTable");
6381 else
6382 bkpttbl_chain
6383 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6384 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6385 "BreakpointTable");
6386
6387 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6388 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6389 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6390 annotate_field (0);
6391 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6392 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6393 annotate_field (1);
6394 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6395 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6396 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6397 annotate_field (2);
6398 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6399 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6400 annotate_field (3);
6401 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6402 if (opts.addressprint)
6403 {
6404 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6405 annotate_field (4);
6406 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6407 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6408 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6409 else
6410 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6411 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6412 }
6413 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6414 annotate_field (5);
6415 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6416 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6417 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6418 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6419
6420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6421 {
6422 QUIT;
6423 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6424 if (filter && !filter (b))
6425 continue;
6426
6427 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6428 accept. Skip the others. */
6429
6430 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6431 {
6432 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6433 {
6434 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6435 continue;
6436 }
6437 else /* all others */
6438 {
6439 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6440 continue;
6441 }
6442 }
6443 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6444 allflag is set. */
6445 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6446 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6447 }
6448
6449 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6450
6451 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6452 {
6453 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6454 empty list. */
6455 if (!filter)
6456 {
6457 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6458 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6459 else
6460 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6461 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6462 args);
6463 }
6464 }
6465 else
6466 {
6467 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6468 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6469 }
6470
6471 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6472 there have been breakpoints? */
6473 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6474
6475 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6476 }
6477
6478 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6479 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6480
6481 static void
6482 default_collect_info (void)
6483 {
6484 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6485
6486 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6487 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6488 not wanted. */
6489 if (!*default_collect)
6490 return;
6491
6492 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6493 actions. */
6494 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6495 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6496 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6497 }
6498
6499 static void
6500 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6501 {
6502 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6503
6504 default_collect_info ();
6505 }
6506
6507 static void
6508 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6509 {
6510 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6511 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6512
6513 if (num_printed == 0)
6514 {
6515 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6516 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6517 else
6518 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6519 }
6520 }
6521
6522 static void
6523 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6524 {
6525 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6526
6527 default_collect_info ();
6528 }
6529
6530 static int
6531 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6532 struct program_space *pspace,
6533 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6534 {
6535 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6536
6537 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6538 {
6539 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6540 && bl->address == pc
6541 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6542 return 1;
6543 }
6544 return 0;
6545 }
6546
6547 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6548 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6549 address spaces. */
6550
6551 static void
6552 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6553 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6554 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6555 {
6556 int others = 0;
6557 struct breakpoint *b;
6558
6559 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6560 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6561 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6562 if (others > 0)
6563 {
6564 if (others == 1)
6565 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6566 else /* if (others == ???) */
6567 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6568 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6569 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6570 {
6571 others--;
6572 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6573 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6574 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6575 else if (b->thread != -1)
6576 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6577 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6578 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6579 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6580 ? " (disabled)"
6581 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6582 ? " (permanent)"
6583 : ""),
6584 (others > 1) ? ","
6585 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6586 }
6587 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6588 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6589 printf_filtered (".\n");
6590 }
6591 }
6592 \f
6593
6594 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6595 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6596 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6597 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6598
6599 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6600 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6601 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6602 breakpoint at address zero:
6603
6604 bp_watchpoint
6605 bp_catchpoint
6606
6607 */
6608
6609 static int
6610 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6611 {
6612 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6613
6614 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6615 }
6616
6617 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6618 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6619
6620 static int
6621 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6622 struct bp_location *loc2)
6623 {
6624 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6625 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6626
6627 /* Both of them must exist. */
6628 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6629 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6630
6631 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6632 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6633 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6634 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6635 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6636 other watchpoint. */
6637 if ((w1->cond_exp
6638 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6639 loc1->length,
6640 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6641 w1->cond_exp))
6642 || (w2->cond_exp
6643 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6644 loc2->length,
6645 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6646 w2->cond_exp)))
6647 return 0;
6648
6649 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6650 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6651 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6652 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6653 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6654 become hw_access locations later. */
6655 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6656 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6657 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6658 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6659 }
6660
6661 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6662 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6663 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6664 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6665
6666 static int
6667 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6668 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6669 {
6670 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6671 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6672 && addr1 == addr2);
6673 }
6674
6675 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6676 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6677 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6678 space doesn't really matter. */
6679
6680 static int
6681 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6682 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6683 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6684 {
6685 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6686 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6687 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6688 }
6689
6690 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6691 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6692 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6693 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6694
6695 static int
6696 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6697 struct address_space *aspace,
6698 CORE_ADDR addr)
6699 {
6700 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6701 aspace, addr)
6702 || (bl->length
6703 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6704 bl->address, bl->length,
6705 aspace, addr)));
6706 }
6707
6708 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6709 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6710 true, otherwise returns false. */
6711
6712 static int
6713 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6714 struct bp_location *loc2)
6715 {
6716 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6717 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6718 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6719 different locations. */
6720 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6721 else
6722 return 0;
6723 }
6724
6725 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6726 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6727 represent the same location. */
6728
6729 static int
6730 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6731 struct bp_location *loc2)
6732 {
6733 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6734
6735 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6736 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6737 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6738
6739 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6740 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6741
6742 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6743 return 0;
6744 else if (hw_point1)
6745 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6746 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6747 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6748 else
6749 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6750 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6751 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6752 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6753 }
6754
6755 static void
6756 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6757 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6758 {
6759 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6760 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6761 char astr1[64];
6762 char astr2[64];
6763
6764 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6765 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6766 if (have_bnum)
6767 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6768 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6769 else
6770 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6771 }
6772
6773 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6774 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6775 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6776 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6777
6778 static CORE_ADDR
6779 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6780 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6781 {
6782 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6783 {
6784 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6785 return bpaddr;
6786 }
6787 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6788 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6789 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6790 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6791 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6792 {
6793 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6794 have their addresses modified. */
6795 return bpaddr;
6796 }
6797 else
6798 {
6799 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6800
6801 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6802 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6803 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6804
6805 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6806 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6807 is required. */
6808 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6809 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6810
6811 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6812 }
6813 }
6814
6815 void
6816 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6817 struct breakpoint *owner)
6818 {
6819 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6820
6821 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6822
6823 loc->ops = ops;
6824 loc->owner = owner;
6825 loc->cond = NULL;
6826 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6827 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6828 loc->enabled = 1;
6829
6830 switch (owner->type)
6831 {
6832 case bp_breakpoint:
6833 case bp_until:
6834 case bp_finish:
6835 case bp_longjmp:
6836 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6837 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6838 case bp_exception:
6839 case bp_exception_resume:
6840 case bp_step_resume:
6841 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6842 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6843 case bp_call_dummy:
6844 case bp_std_terminate:
6845 case bp_shlib_event:
6846 case bp_thread_event:
6847 case bp_overlay_event:
6848 case bp_jit_event:
6849 case bp_longjmp_master:
6850 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6851 case bp_exception_master:
6852 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6854 case bp_dprintf:
6855 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6856 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6857 break;
6858 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6859 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6860 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6861 break;
6862 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6863 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6864 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6865 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6866 break;
6867 case bp_watchpoint:
6868 case bp_catchpoint:
6869 case bp_tracepoint:
6870 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6871 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6872 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6873 break;
6874 default:
6875 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6876 }
6877
6878 loc->refc = 1;
6879 }
6880
6881 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6882
6883 static struct bp_location *
6884 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6885 {
6886 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6887 }
6888
6889 static void
6890 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6891 {
6892 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6893 xfree (loc);
6894 }
6895
6896 /* Increment reference count. */
6897
6898 static void
6899 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6900 {
6901 ++bl->refc;
6902 }
6903
6904 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6905 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6906
6907 static void
6908 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6909 {
6910 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6911
6912 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6913 free_bp_location (*blp);
6914 *blp = NULL;
6915 }
6916
6917 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6918
6919 static void
6920 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6921 {
6922 struct breakpoint *b1;
6923
6924 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6925 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6926
6927 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6928 if (b1 == 0)
6929 breakpoint_chain = b;
6930 else
6931 {
6932 while (b1->next)
6933 b1 = b1->next;
6934 b1->next = b;
6935 }
6936 }
6937
6938 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6939
6940 static void
6941 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6942 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6943 enum bptype bptype,
6944 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6945 {
6946 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6947
6948 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6949
6950 b->ops = ops;
6951 b->type = bptype;
6952 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6953 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6954 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6955 b->thread = -1;
6956 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6957 b->next = 0;
6958 b->silent = 0;
6959 b->ignore_count = 0;
6960 b->commands = NULL;
6961 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6962 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6963 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6964 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6965 }
6966
6967 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6968 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6969
6970 static struct breakpoint *
6971 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6972 enum bptype bptype,
6973 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6974 {
6975 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6976
6977 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6978 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6979 return b;
6980 }
6981
6982 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6983 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6984 enough. */
6985
6986 static void
6987 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6988 {
6989 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6990
6991 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6992 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6993 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6994 {
6995 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6996 const char *function_name;
6997 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6998
6999 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7000 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7001
7002 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7003 {
7004 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7005
7006 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7007 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7008 &loc->requested_address))
7009 {
7010 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7011 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7012 loc->requested_address,
7013 b->type);
7014 }
7015 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7016 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7017 {
7018 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7019 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7020 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7021 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7022 breakpoint. */
7023 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7024 }
7025 }
7026
7027 if (function_name)
7028 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7029 }
7030 }
7031
7032 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7033 struct gdbarch *
7034 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7035 {
7036 if (sal.section)
7037 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7038 if (sal.symtab)
7039 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7040
7041 return NULL;
7042 }
7043
7044 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7045 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7046 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7047
7048 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7049 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7050 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7051
7052 static void
7053 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7054 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7055 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7056 {
7057 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7058
7059 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7060
7061 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7062 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7063
7064 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7065 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7066 program space. */
7067 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7068 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7069 }
7070
7071 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7072 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7073 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7074 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7075 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7076 is also returned as the value of this function.
7077
7078 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7079 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7080 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7081 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7082 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7083 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7084 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7085
7086 struct breakpoint *
7087 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7088 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7089 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7090 {
7091 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7092
7093 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7094 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7095 return b;
7096 }
7097
7098
7099 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7100 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7101 void
7102 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7103 {
7104 struct bp_location *bl;
7105
7106 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7107
7108 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7109 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7110 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7111 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7112 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7113 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7114 bl->inserted = 1;
7115 }
7116
7117 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7118 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7119 initiated the operation. */
7120
7121 void
7122 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7123 {
7124 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7125 int thread = tp->num;
7126
7127 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7128 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7129 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7130 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7131 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7132 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7133 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7134 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7135 {
7136 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7137 struct breakpoint *clone;
7138
7139 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7140 after their removal. */
7141 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7142 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7143 clone->thread = thread;
7144 }
7145
7146 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7147 }
7148
7149 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7150 void
7151 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7152 {
7153 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7154
7155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7156 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7157 {
7158 if (b->thread == thread)
7159 delete_breakpoint (b);
7160 }
7161 }
7162
7163 void
7164 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7165 {
7166 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7167
7168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7169 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7170 {
7171 if (b->thread == thread)
7172 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7173 }
7174 }
7175
7176 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7177 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7178 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7179 breakpoints. */
7180
7181 struct breakpoint *
7182 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7183 {
7184 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7185
7186 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7187 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7188 {
7189 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7190
7191 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7192 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7193 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7194
7195 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7196
7197 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7198 if (retval == NULL)
7199 retval = new_b;
7200 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7201 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7202 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7203 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7204 }
7205
7206 return retval;
7207 }
7208
7209 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7210 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7211 stack.
7212
7213 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7214 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7215 frames. */
7216
7217 void
7218 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7219 {
7220 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7221
7222 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7223 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7224 {
7225 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7226
7227 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7228 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7229 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7230 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7231 continue;
7232
7233 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7234
7235 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7236 {
7237 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7238 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7239 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7240 }
7241 delete_breakpoint (b);
7242 }
7243 }
7244
7245 void
7246 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7247 {
7248 struct breakpoint *b;
7249
7250 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7251 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7252 {
7253 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7254 update_global_location_list (1);
7255 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7256 }
7257 }
7258
7259 void
7260 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7261 {
7262 struct breakpoint *b;
7263
7264 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7265 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7266 {
7267 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7268 update_global_location_list (0);
7269 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7270 }
7271 }
7272
7273 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7274 master breakpoint. */
7275 void
7276 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7277 {
7278 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7279
7280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7281 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7282 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7283 {
7284 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7285 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7286 }
7287 }
7288
7289 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7290 void
7291 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7292 {
7293 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7294
7295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7296 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7297 delete_breakpoint (b);
7298 }
7299
7300 struct breakpoint *
7301 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7302 {
7303 struct breakpoint *b;
7304
7305 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7306 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7307
7308 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7309 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7310 b->addr_string
7311 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7312
7313 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7314
7315 return b;
7316 }
7317
7318 void
7319 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7320 {
7321 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7322
7323 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7324 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7325 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7326 delete_breakpoint (b);
7327 }
7328
7329 struct lang_and_radix
7330 {
7331 enum language lang;
7332 int radix;
7333 };
7334
7335 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7336
7337 struct breakpoint *
7338 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7339 {
7340 struct breakpoint *b;
7341
7342 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7343 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7344 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7345 return b;
7346 }
7347
7348 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7349
7350 void
7351 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7352 {
7353 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7354
7355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7356 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7357 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7358 delete_breakpoint (b);
7359 }
7360
7361 void
7362 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7363 {
7364 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7365
7366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7367 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7368 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7369 delete_breakpoint (b);
7370 }
7371
7372 struct breakpoint *
7373 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7374 {
7375 struct breakpoint *b;
7376
7377 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7378 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7379 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7380 return b;
7381 }
7382
7383 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7384 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7385
7386 void
7387 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7388 {
7389 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7390
7391 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7392 {
7393 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7394 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7395
7396 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7397 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7398 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7399 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7400 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7401 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7402 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7403 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7404 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7405 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7406 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7407 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7408 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7409 #else
7410 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7411 #endif
7412 )
7413 {
7414 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7415 }
7416 }
7417 }
7418
7419 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7420 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7421 disabled. */
7422
7423 static void
7424 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7425 {
7426 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7427 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7428
7429 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7430 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7431 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7432 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7433 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7434 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7435 return;
7436
7437 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7438 {
7439 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7440 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7441
7442 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7443 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7444 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7445 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7446 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7447 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7448 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7449 || is_tracepoint (b))
7450 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7451 {
7452 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7453 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7454 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7455 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7456 loc->inserted = 0;
7457
7458 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7459 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7460
7461 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7462 {
7463 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7464 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7465 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7466 solib->so_name);
7467 }
7468 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7469 }
7470 }
7471 }
7472
7473 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7474
7475 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7476 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7477 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7478 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7479 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7480
7481 struct fork_catchpoint
7482 {
7483 /* The base class. */
7484 struct breakpoint base;
7485
7486 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7487 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7488 catchpoint has triggered. */
7489 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7490 };
7491
7492 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7493 catchpoints. */
7494
7495 static int
7496 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7497 {
7498 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7499 }
7500
7501 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7502 catchpoints. */
7503
7504 static int
7505 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7506 {
7507 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7508 }
7509
7510 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7511 catchpoints. */
7512
7513 static int
7514 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7515 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7516 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7517 {
7518 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7519
7520 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7521 return 0;
7522
7523 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7524 return 1;
7525 }
7526
7527 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7528 catchpoints. */
7529
7530 static enum print_stop_action
7531 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7532 {
7533 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7534 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7535 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7536
7537 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7538 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7539 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7540 else
7541 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7542 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7543 {
7544 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7545 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7546 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7547 }
7548 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7549 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7550 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7551 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7552 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7553 }
7554
7555 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7556 catchpoints. */
7557
7558 static void
7559 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7560 {
7561 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7562 struct value_print_options opts;
7563 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7564
7565 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7566
7567 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7568 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7569 readable). */
7570 if (opts.addressprint)
7571 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7572 annotate_field (5);
7573 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7574 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7575 {
7576 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7577 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7578 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7579 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7580 }
7581
7582 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7583 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7584 }
7585
7586 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7587 catchpoints. */
7588
7589 static void
7590 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7591 {
7592 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7593 }
7594
7595 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7596 catchpoints. */
7597
7598 static void
7599 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7600 {
7601 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7602 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7603 }
7604
7605 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7606
7607 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7608
7609 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7610 catchpoints. */
7611
7612 static int
7613 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7614 {
7615 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7616 }
7617
7618 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7619 catchpoints. */
7620
7621 static int
7622 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7623 {
7624 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7625 }
7626
7627 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7628 catchpoints. */
7629
7630 static int
7631 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7632 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7633 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7634 {
7635 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7636
7637 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7638 return 0;
7639
7640 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7641 return 1;
7642 }
7643
7644 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7645 catchpoints. */
7646
7647 static enum print_stop_action
7648 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7649 {
7650 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7651 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7652 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7653
7654 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7655 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7656 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7657 else
7658 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7659 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7660 {
7661 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7662 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7663 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7664 }
7665 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7666 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7667 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7668 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7669 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7670 }
7671
7672 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7673 catchpoints. */
7674
7675 static void
7676 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7677 {
7678 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7679 struct value_print_options opts;
7680 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7681
7682 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7683 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7684 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7685 readable). */
7686 if (opts.addressprint)
7687 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7688 annotate_field (5);
7689 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7690 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7691 {
7692 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7693 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7694 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7695 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7696 }
7697
7698 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7699 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7700 }
7701
7702 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7703 catchpoints. */
7704
7705 static void
7706 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7707 {
7708 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7709 }
7710
7711 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7712 catchpoints. */
7713
7714 static void
7715 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7716 {
7717 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7718 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7719 }
7720
7721 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7722
7723 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7724
7725 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7726 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7727 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7728 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7729 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7730
7731 struct solib_catchpoint
7732 {
7733 /* The base class. */
7734 struct breakpoint base;
7735
7736 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7737 unsigned char is_load;
7738
7739 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7740 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7741 char *regex;
7742 regex_t compiled;
7743 };
7744
7745 static void
7746 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7747 {
7748 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7749
7750 if (self->regex)
7751 regfree (&self->compiled);
7752 xfree (self->regex);
7753
7754 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7755 }
7756
7757 static int
7758 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7759 {
7760 return 0;
7761 }
7762
7763 static int
7764 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7765 {
7766 return 0;
7767 }
7768
7769 static int
7770 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7771 struct address_space *aspace,
7772 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7773 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7774 {
7775 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7776 struct breakpoint *other;
7777
7778 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7779 return 1;
7780
7781 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7782 {
7783 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7784
7785 if (other == bl->owner)
7786 continue;
7787
7788 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7789 continue;
7790
7791 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7792 continue;
7793
7794 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7795 {
7796 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7797 return 1;
7798 }
7799 }
7800
7801 return 0;
7802 }
7803
7804 static void
7805 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7806 {
7807 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7808 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7809 int ix;
7810
7811 if (self->is_load)
7812 {
7813 struct so_list *iter;
7814
7815 for (ix = 0;
7816 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7817 ix, iter);
7818 ++ix)
7819 {
7820 if (!self->regex
7821 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7822 return;
7823 }
7824 }
7825 else
7826 {
7827 char *iter;
7828
7829 for (ix = 0;
7830 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7831 ix, iter);
7832 ++ix)
7833 {
7834 if (!self->regex
7835 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7836 return;
7837 }
7838 }
7839
7840 bs->stop = 0;
7841 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7842 }
7843
7844 static enum print_stop_action
7845 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7846 {
7847 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7848 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7849
7850 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7851 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7852 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7853 else
7854 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7855 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7856 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7857 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7858 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7859 print_solib_event (1);
7860 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7861 }
7862
7863 static void
7864 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7865 {
7866 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7867 struct value_print_options opts;
7868 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7869 char *msg;
7870
7871 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7872 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7873 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7874 readable). */
7875 if (opts.addressprint)
7876 {
7877 annotate_field (4);
7878 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7879 }
7880
7881 annotate_field (5);
7882 if (self->is_load)
7883 {
7884 if (self->regex)
7885 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7886 else
7887 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7888 }
7889 else
7890 {
7891 if (self->regex)
7892 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7893 else
7894 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7895 }
7896 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7897 xfree (msg);
7898
7899 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7900 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7901 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7902 }
7903
7904 static void
7905 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7906 {
7907 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7908
7909 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7910 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7911 }
7912
7913 static void
7914 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7915 {
7916 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7917
7918 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7919 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7920 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7921 if (self->regex)
7922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7924 }
7925
7926 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7927
7928 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7929 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7930 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7931 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7932 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7933 created in an enabled state. */
7934
7935 void
7936 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7937 {
7938 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7939 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7940 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7941
7942 if (!arg)
7943 arg = "";
7944 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7945
7946 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7947 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7948
7949 if (*arg != '\0')
7950 {
7951 int errcode;
7952
7953 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7954 if (errcode != 0)
7955 {
7956 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7957
7958 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7959 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7960 }
7961 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7962 }
7963
7964 c->is_load = is_load;
7965 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7966 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7967
7968 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7969
7970 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7971 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7972 }
7973
7974 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7975 "catch unload". */
7976
7977 static void
7978 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7979 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7980 {
7981 int tempflag;
7982 const int enabled = 1;
7983
7984 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7985
7986 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7987 }
7988
7989 static void
7990 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7991 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7992 {
7993 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7994 }
7995
7996 static void
7997 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7998 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7999 {
8000 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8001 }
8002
8003 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8004 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8005 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8006 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8007 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8008
8009 struct syscall_catchpoint
8010 {
8011 /* The base class. */
8012 struct breakpoint base;
8013
8014 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8015 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8016 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8017 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8018 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8019 };
8020
8021 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8022 catchpoints. */
8023
8024 static void
8025 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8026 {
8027 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8028
8029 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8030
8031 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8032 }
8033
8034 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8035
8036 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8037 {
8038 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8039 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8040 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8041
8042 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8043 int any_syscall_count;
8044
8045 /* Count of each system call. */
8046 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8047
8048 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8049 if any catching is necessary. */
8050 int total_syscalls_count;
8051 };
8052
8053 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8054 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8055 {
8056 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8057
8058 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8059 if (inf_data == NULL)
8060 {
8061 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8062 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8063 }
8064
8065 return inf_data;
8066 }
8067
8068 static void
8069 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8070 {
8071 xfree (arg);
8072 }
8073
8074
8075 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8076 catchpoints. */
8077
8078 static int
8079 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8080 {
8081 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8082 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8083 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8084 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8085
8086 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8087 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8088 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8089 else
8090 {
8091 int i, iter;
8092
8093 for (i = 0;
8094 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8095 i++)
8096 {
8097 int elem;
8098
8099 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8100 {
8101 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8102 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8103 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8104 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8105 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8106 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8107 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8108 + vec_addr_offset);
8109 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8110 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8111 }
8112 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8113 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8114 }
8115 }
8116
8117 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8118 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8119 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8120 VEC_length (int,
8121 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8122 VEC_address (int,
8123 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8124 }
8125
8126 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8127 catchpoints. */
8128
8129 static int
8130 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8131 {
8132 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8133 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8134 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8135 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8136
8137 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8138 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8139 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8140 else
8141 {
8142 int i, iter;
8143
8144 for (i = 0;
8145 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8146 i++)
8147 {
8148 int elem;
8149 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8150 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8151 continue;
8152 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8153 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8154 }
8155 }
8156
8157 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8158 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8159 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8160 VEC_length (int,
8161 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8162 VEC_address (int,
8163 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8164 }
8165
8166 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8167 catchpoints. */
8168
8169 static int
8170 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8171 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8172 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8173 {
8174 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8175 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8176 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8177 int syscall_number = 0;
8178 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8179 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8180
8181 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8182 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8183 return 0;
8184
8185 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8186
8187 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8188 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8189 {
8190 int i, iter;
8191
8192 for (i = 0;
8193 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8194 i++)
8195 if (syscall_number == iter)
8196 break;
8197 /* Not the same. */
8198 if (!iter)
8199 return 0;
8200 }
8201
8202 return 1;
8203 }
8204
8205 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8206 catchpoints. */
8207
8208 static enum print_stop_action
8209 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8210 {
8211 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8212 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8213 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8214 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8215 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8216 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8217 ptid_t ptid;
8218 struct target_waitstatus last;
8219 struct syscall s;
8220
8221 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8222
8223 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8224
8225 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8226
8227 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8228 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8229 else
8230 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8231 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8232 {
8233 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8234 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8235 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8236 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8237 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8238 }
8239 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8240
8241 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8242 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8243 else
8244 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8245
8246 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8247 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8248 if (s.name != NULL)
8249 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8250
8251 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8252
8253 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8254 }
8255
8256 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8257 catchpoints. */
8258
8259 static void
8260 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8261 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8262 {
8263 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8264 struct value_print_options opts;
8265 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8266
8267 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8268 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8269 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8270 readable). */
8271 if (opts.addressprint)
8272 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8273 annotate_field (5);
8274
8275 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8276 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8277 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8278 else
8279 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8280
8281 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8282 {
8283 int i, iter;
8284 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8285
8286 for (i = 0;
8287 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8288 i++)
8289 {
8290 char *x = text;
8291 struct syscall s;
8292 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8293
8294 if (s.name != NULL)
8295 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8296 else
8297 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8298
8299 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8300 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8301 on every call. */
8302 xfree (x);
8303 }
8304 /* Remove the last comma. */
8305 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8306 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8307 }
8308 else
8309 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8310 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8311
8312 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8313 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8314 }
8315
8316 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8317 catchpoints. */
8318
8319 static void
8320 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8321 {
8322 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8323
8324 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8325 {
8326 int i, iter;
8327
8328 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8329 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8330 else
8331 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8332
8333 for (i = 0;
8334 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8335 i++)
8336 {
8337 struct syscall s;
8338 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8339
8340 if (s.name)
8341 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8342 else
8343 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8344 }
8345 printf_filtered (")");
8346 }
8347 else
8348 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8349 b->number);
8350 }
8351
8352 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8353 catchpoints. */
8354
8355 static void
8356 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8357 {
8358 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8359
8360 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8361
8362 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8363 {
8364 int i, iter;
8365
8366 for (i = 0;
8367 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8368 i++)
8369 {
8370 struct syscall s;
8371
8372 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8373 if (s.name)
8374 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8375 else
8376 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8377 }
8378 }
8379 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8380 }
8381
8382 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8383
8384 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8385
8386 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8387
8388 static int
8389 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8390 {
8391 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8392 }
8393
8394 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8395 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8396 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8397 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8398
8399 void
8400 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8401 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8402 char *cond_string,
8403 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8404 {
8405 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8406
8407 init_sal (&sal);
8408 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8409
8410 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8411
8412 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8413 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8414 }
8415
8416 void
8417 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8418 {
8419 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8420 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8421 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8422 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8423 if (!internal)
8424 mention (b);
8425 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8426
8427 if (update_gll)
8428 update_global_location_list (1);
8429 }
8430
8431 static void
8432 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8433 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8434 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8435 {
8436 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8437
8438 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8439
8440 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8441
8442 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8443 }
8444
8445 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8446
8447 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8448 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8449 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8450 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8451 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8452
8453 struct exec_catchpoint
8454 {
8455 /* The base class. */
8456 struct breakpoint base;
8457
8458 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8459 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8460 triggered. */
8461 char *exec_pathname;
8462 };
8463
8464 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8465 catchpoints. */
8466
8467 static void
8468 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8469 {
8470 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8471
8472 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8473
8474 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8475 }
8476
8477 static int
8478 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8479 {
8480 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8481 }
8482
8483 static int
8484 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8485 {
8486 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8487 }
8488
8489 static int
8490 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8491 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8492 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8493 {
8494 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8495
8496 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8497 return 0;
8498
8499 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8500 return 1;
8501 }
8502
8503 static enum print_stop_action
8504 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8505 {
8506 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8507 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8508 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8509
8510 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8511 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8512 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8513 else
8514 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8516 {
8517 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8518 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8519 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8520 }
8521 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8522 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8523 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8524 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8525
8526 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8527 }
8528
8529 static void
8530 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8531 {
8532 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8533 struct value_print_options opts;
8534 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8535
8536 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8537
8538 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8539 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8540 is relatively readable). */
8541 if (opts.addressprint)
8542 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8543 annotate_field (5);
8544 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8545 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8546 {
8547 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8548 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8549 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8550 }
8551
8552 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8553 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8554 }
8555
8556 static void
8557 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8558 {
8559 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8560 }
8561
8562 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8563 catchpoints. */
8564
8565 static void
8566 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8567 {
8568 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8569 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8570 }
8571
8572 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8573
8574 static void
8575 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8576 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8577 {
8578 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8579 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8580
8581 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8582 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8583 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8584
8585 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8586 }
8587
8588 static int
8589 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8590 {
8591 int i = 0;
8592 struct breakpoint *b;
8593 struct bp_location *bl;
8594
8595 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8596 {
8597 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8598 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8599 {
8600 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8601 one register. */
8602 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8603 }
8604 }
8605
8606 return i;
8607 }
8608
8609 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8610 watchpoint. */
8611
8612 static int
8613 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8614 {
8615 int i = 0;
8616 struct bp_location *bl;
8617
8618 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8619 return 0;
8620
8621 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8622 {
8623 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8624 one register. */
8625 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8626 }
8627
8628 return i;
8629 }
8630
8631 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8632 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8633 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8634 types _not_ TYPE. */
8635
8636 static int
8637 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8638 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8639 {
8640 int i = 0;
8641 struct breakpoint *b;
8642
8643 *other_type_used = 0;
8644 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8645 {
8646 if (b == except)
8647 continue;
8648 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8649 continue;
8650
8651 if (b->type == type)
8652 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8653 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8654 *other_type_used = 1;
8655 }
8656
8657 return i;
8658 }
8659
8660 void
8661 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8662 {
8663 struct breakpoint *b;
8664
8665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8666 {
8667 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8668 {
8669 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8670 update_global_location_list (0);
8671 }
8672 }
8673 }
8674
8675 void
8676 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8677 {
8678 struct breakpoint *b;
8679
8680 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8681 {
8682 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8683 {
8684 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8685 update_global_location_list (1);
8686 }
8687 }
8688 }
8689
8690 void
8691 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8692 {
8693 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8694 update_global_location_list (0);
8695 }
8696
8697 void
8698 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8699 {
8700 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8701 breakpoint_re_set ();
8702 }
8703
8704
8705 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8706 at address specified by SAL.
8707 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8708
8709 struct breakpoint *
8710 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8711 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8712 {
8713 struct breakpoint *b;
8714
8715 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8716 tail-called one. */
8717 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8718
8719 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8720 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8721 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8722 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8723
8724 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8725 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8726 control. */
8727 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8728 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8729
8730 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8731
8732 return b;
8733 }
8734
8735 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8736 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8737 breakpoint_ops. */
8738
8739 static struct breakpoint *
8740 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8741 enum bptype type,
8742 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8743 {
8744 struct breakpoint *copy;
8745
8746 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8747 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8748 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8749
8750 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8751 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8752 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8753 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8754 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8755 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8756 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8757 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8758 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8759 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8760 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8761
8762 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8763 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8764 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8765
8766 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8767 return copy;
8768 }
8769
8770 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8771 ORIG is NULL. */
8772
8773 struct breakpoint *
8774 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8775 {
8776 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8777 if (orig == NULL)
8778 return NULL;
8779
8780 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8781 }
8782
8783 struct breakpoint *
8784 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8785 enum bptype type)
8786 {
8787 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8788
8789 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8790 sal.pc = pc;
8791 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8792 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8793
8794 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8795 }
8796 \f
8797
8798 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8799
8800 static void
8801 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8802 {
8803 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8804 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8805 return;
8806 printf_filtered ("\n");
8807 }
8808 \f
8809
8810 static struct bp_location *
8811 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8812 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8813 {
8814 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8815 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8816 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8817
8818 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8819 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8820
8821 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8822 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8823 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8824 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8825 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8826 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8827 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8828 sal->pc, b->type);
8829
8830 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8831 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8832 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8833 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8834 ;
8835 loc->next = *tmp;
8836 *tmp = loc;
8837
8838 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8839 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8840 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8841 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8842 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8843 loc->section = sal->section;
8844 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8845 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8846 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8847
8848 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8849 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8850 return loc;
8851 }
8852 \f
8853
8854 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8855 return 0 otherwise. */
8856
8857 static int
8858 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8859 {
8860 int len;
8861 CORE_ADDR addr;
8862 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8863 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8864 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8865 int retval = 0;
8866
8867 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8868
8869 addr = loc->address;
8870 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8871
8872 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8873 if (bpoint == NULL)
8874 return 0;
8875
8876 target_mem = alloca (len);
8877
8878 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8879 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8880 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8881 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8882
8883 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8884 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8885
8886 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8887 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8888 retval = 1;
8889
8890 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8891
8892 return retval;
8893 }
8894
8895 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8896 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8897
8898 static void
8899 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8900 {
8901 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8902 char *printf_line = NULL;
8903
8904 if (!dprintf_args)
8905 return;
8906
8907 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8908
8909 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8910 insist on it. */
8911 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8912 ++dprintf_args;
8913 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8914
8915 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8916 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8917
8918 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8919 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8920 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8921 {
8922 if (!dprintf_function)
8923 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8924
8925 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8926 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8927 dprintf_function,
8928 dprintf_channel,
8929 dprintf_args);
8930 else
8931 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8932 dprintf_function,
8933 dprintf_args);
8934 }
8935 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8936 {
8937 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8938 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8939 else
8940 {
8941 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8942 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8943 }
8944 }
8945 else
8946 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8947 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8948
8949 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8950 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8951 {
8952 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8953
8954 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8955 {
8956 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8957 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8958 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8959 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8960 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8961 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8962 }
8963
8964 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8965 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8966 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8967 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8968 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8969 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8970
8971 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8972 }
8973 }
8974
8975 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8976 current style settings. */
8977
8978 static void
8979 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8980 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8981 {
8982 struct breakpoint *b;
8983
8984 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8985 {
8986 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8987 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8988 }
8989 }
8990
8991 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8992 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8993 as condition expression. */
8994
8995 static void
8996 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8997 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8998 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8999 char *extra_string,
9000 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9001 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9002 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9003 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9004 int display_canonical)
9005 {
9006 int i;
9007
9008 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9009 {
9010 int target_resources_ok;
9011
9012 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9013 target_resources_ok =
9014 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9015 i + 1, 0);
9016 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9017 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9018 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9019 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9020 }
9021
9022 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9023
9024 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9025 {
9026 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9027 struct bp_location *loc;
9028
9029 if (from_tty)
9030 {
9031 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9032 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9033 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9034
9035 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9036 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9037 }
9038
9039 if (i == 0)
9040 {
9041 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9042 b->thread = thread;
9043 b->task = task;
9044
9045 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9046 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9047 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9048 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9049 b->disposition = disposition;
9050
9051 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9052 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9053
9054 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9055 {
9056 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9057 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9058
9059 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9060 {
9061 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9062 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9063 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9064 char *endp;
9065 char *marker_str;
9066
9067 p = skip_spaces (p);
9068
9069 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9070
9071 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9072 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9073
9074 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9075 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9076 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9077 }
9078 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9079 {
9080 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9081 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9082
9083 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9084 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9085 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9086 }
9087 else
9088 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9089 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9090 }
9091
9092 loc = b->loc;
9093 }
9094 else
9095 {
9096 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9097 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9098 loc->inserted = 1;
9099 }
9100
9101 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9102 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9103
9104 if (b->cond_string)
9105 {
9106 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9107 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9108 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9109 if (*arg)
9110 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9111 }
9112
9113 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9114 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9115 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9116 {
9117 if (b->extra_string)
9118 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9119 else
9120 error (_("Format string required"));
9121 }
9122 else if (b->extra_string)
9123 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9124 }
9125
9126 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9127 if (addr_string)
9128 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9129 else
9130 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9131 me. */
9132 b->addr_string
9133 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9134 b->filter = filter;
9135 }
9136
9137 static void
9138 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9139 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9140 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9141 char *extra_string,
9142 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9143 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9144 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9145 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9146 int display_canonical)
9147 {
9148 struct breakpoint *b;
9149 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9150
9151 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9152 {
9153 struct tracepoint *t;
9154
9155 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9156 b = &t->base;
9157 }
9158 else
9159 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9160
9161 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9162
9163 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9164 sals, addr_string,
9165 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9166 type, disposition,
9167 thread, task, ignore_count,
9168 ops, from_tty,
9169 enabled, internal, flags,
9170 display_canonical);
9171 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9172
9173 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9174 }
9175
9176 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9177 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9178 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9179 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9180 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9181 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9182 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9183 we take just a single condition string.
9184
9185 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9186 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9187 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9188 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9189 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9190
9191 static void
9192 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9193 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9194 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9195 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9196 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9197 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9198 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9199 {
9200 int i;
9201 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9202
9203 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9204 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9205
9206 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9207 {
9208 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9209 'break', without arguments. */
9210 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9211 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9212 : NULL);
9213 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9214 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9215
9216 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9217 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9218 addr_string,
9219 filter_string,
9220 cond_string, extra_string,
9221 type, disposition,
9222 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9223 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9224 canonical->special_display);
9225 discard_cleanups (inner);
9226 }
9227 }
9228
9229 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9230 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9231 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9232 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9233
9234 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9235 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9236
9237 static void
9238 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9239 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9240 {
9241 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9242 breakpoint. */
9243 if ((*address) == NULL
9244 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9245 {
9246 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9247 address. */
9248 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9249 {
9250 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9251 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9252 CORE_ADDR pc;
9253
9254 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9255 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9256 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9257
9258 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9259 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9260 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9261 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9262 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9263 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9264 pc = sal.pc;
9265 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9266
9267 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9268 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9269 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9270 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9271 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9272 sal.pc = pc;
9273 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9274
9275 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9276 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9277 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9278
9279 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9280 }
9281 else
9282 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9283 }
9284 else
9285 {
9286 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9287
9288 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9289 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9290 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9291 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9292
9293 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9294 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9295 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9296 && (!cursal.symtab
9297 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9298 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9299 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9300 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9301 get_last_displayed_line (),
9302 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9303 else
9304 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9305 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9306 }
9307 }
9308
9309
9310 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9311 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9312
9313 static void
9314 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9315 {
9316 int i;
9317
9318 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9319 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9320 }
9321
9322 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9323 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9324 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9325 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9326 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9327 it, etc. */
9328
9329 static void
9330 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9331 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9332 {
9333 int i, rslt;
9334 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9335 char *msg;
9336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9337
9338 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9339 {
9340 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9341
9342 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9343
9344 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9345 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9346 associated with SAL. */
9347 if (sarch == NULL)
9348 sarch = gdbarch;
9349 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9350 NULL, &msg);
9351 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9352
9353 if (!rslt)
9354 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9355 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9356
9357 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9358 }
9359 }
9360
9361 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9362
9363 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9364 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9365 {
9366 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9367 }
9368
9369 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9370 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9371 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9372 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9373 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9374 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9375
9376 static void
9377 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9378 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9379 char **rest)
9380 {
9381 *cond_string = NULL;
9382 *thread = -1;
9383 *task = 0;
9384 *rest = NULL;
9385
9386 while (tok && *tok)
9387 {
9388 char *end_tok;
9389 int toklen;
9390 char *cond_start = NULL;
9391 char *cond_end = NULL;
9392
9393 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9394
9395 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9396 {
9397 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9398 return;
9399 }
9400
9401 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9402
9403 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9404
9405 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9406 {
9407 struct expression *expr;
9408
9409 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9410 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9411 xfree (expr);
9412 cond_end = tok;
9413 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9414 }
9415 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9416 {
9417 char *tmptok;
9418
9419 tok = end_tok + 1;
9420 tmptok = tok;
9421 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9422 if (tok == tmptok)
9423 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9424 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9425 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9426 }
9427 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9428 {
9429 char *tmptok;
9430
9431 tok = end_tok + 1;
9432 tmptok = tok;
9433 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9434 if (tok == tmptok)
9435 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9436 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9437 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9438 }
9439 else if (rest)
9440 {
9441 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9442 return;
9443 }
9444 else
9445 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9446 }
9447 }
9448
9449 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9450
9451 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9452 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9453 {
9454 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9455 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9456 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9457 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9458 char *endp;
9459 char *marker_str;
9460 int i;
9461
9462 p = skip_spaces (p);
9463
9464 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9465
9466 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9467 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9468
9469 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9470 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9471 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9472
9473 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9474 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9475
9476 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9477 {
9478 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9479
9480 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9481
9482 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9483
9484 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9485 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9486
9487 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9488 }
9489
9490 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9491
9492 *arg_p = endp;
9493 return sals;
9494 }
9495
9496 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9497 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9498 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9499 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9500 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9501 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9502 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9503 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9504 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9505 false otherwise. */
9506
9507 int
9508 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9509 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9510 int thread, char *extra_string,
9511 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9512 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9513 int ignore_count,
9514 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9515 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9516 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9517 unsigned flags)
9518 {
9519 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9520 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9521 char *addr_start = arg;
9522 struct linespec_result canonical;
9523 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9524 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9525 int pending = 0;
9526 int task = 0;
9527 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9528
9529 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9530
9531 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9532
9533 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9534 {
9535 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9536 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9537 }
9538
9539 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9540 switch (e.reason)
9541 {
9542 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9543 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9544 return 0;
9545 break;
9546 case RETURN_ERROR:
9547 switch (e.error)
9548 {
9549 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9550
9551 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9552 error. */
9553
9554 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9555 throw_exception (e);
9556
9557 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9558
9559 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9560 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9561 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9562 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9563 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9564 return 0;
9565
9566 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9567 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9568 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9569 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9570 {
9571 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9572
9573 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9574 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9575 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9576 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9577 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9578 pending = 1;
9579 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9580 }
9581 break;
9582 default:
9583 throw_exception (e);
9584 }
9585 break;
9586 default:
9587 throw_exception (e);
9588 }
9589
9590 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9591 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9592
9593 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9594 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9595 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9596 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9597 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9598
9599 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9600 are ok for the target. */
9601 if (!pending)
9602 {
9603 int ix;
9604 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9605
9606 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9607 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9608 }
9609
9610 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9611 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9612 {
9613 int ix;
9614 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9615
9616 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9617 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9618 }
9619
9620 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9621 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9622 breakpoint. */
9623 if (!pending)
9624 {
9625 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9626
9627 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9628
9629 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9630 {
9631 char *rest;
9632 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9633 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9634 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9635 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9636
9637 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9638 &thread, &task, &rest);
9639 if (cond_string)
9640 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9641 if (rest)
9642 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9643 if (rest)
9644 extra_string = rest;
9645 }
9646 else
9647 {
9648 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9649 if (cond_string)
9650 {
9651 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9652 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9653 }
9654 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9655 if (extra_string)
9656 {
9657 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9658 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9659 }
9660 }
9661
9662 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9663 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9664 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9665 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9666 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9667 }
9668 else
9669 {
9670 struct breakpoint *b;
9671
9672 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9673
9674 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9675 {
9676 struct tracepoint *t;
9677
9678 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9679 b = &t->base;
9680 }
9681 else
9682 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9683
9684 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9685
9686 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9687 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9688 b->cond_string = NULL;
9689 else
9690 {
9691 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9692 if (cond_string)
9693 {
9694 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9695 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9696 }
9697 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9698 }
9699 b->extra_string = NULL;
9700 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9701 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9702 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9703 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9704 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9705 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9706 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9707
9708 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9709 }
9710
9711 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9712 {
9713 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9714 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9715 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9716 }
9717
9718 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9719 breakpoint. */
9720 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9721 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9722 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9723
9724 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9725 update_global_location_list (1);
9726
9727 return 1;
9728 }
9729
9730 /* Set a breakpoint.
9731 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9732 condition, and thread.
9733 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9734 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9735 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9736
9737 static void
9738 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9739 {
9740 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9741 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9742 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9743 : bp_breakpoint);
9744 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9745 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9746
9747 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9748 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9749 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9750 else
9751 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9752
9753 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9754 arg,
9755 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9756 tempflag, type_wanted,
9757 0 /* Ignore count */,
9758 pending_break_support,
9759 ops,
9760 from_tty,
9761 1 /* enabled */,
9762 0 /* internal */,
9763 0);
9764 }
9765
9766 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9767
9768 void
9769 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9770 {
9771 CORE_ADDR pc;
9772
9773 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9774 {
9775 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9776 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9777 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9778 sal->pc = pc;
9779
9780 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9781 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9782 if (sal->explicit_line)
9783 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9784 }
9785
9786 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9787 {
9788 struct blockvector *bv;
9789 struct block *b;
9790 struct symbol *sym;
9791
9792 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9793 if (bv != NULL)
9794 {
9795 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9796 if (sym != NULL)
9797 {
9798 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9799 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9800 }
9801 else
9802 {
9803 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9804 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9805 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9806 happen in assembly source). */
9807
9808 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9809 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9810
9811 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9812
9813 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9814 if (msym)
9815 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9816
9817 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9818 }
9819 }
9820 }
9821 }
9822
9823 void
9824 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9825 {
9826 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9827 }
9828
9829 void
9830 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9831 {
9832 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9833 }
9834
9835 static void
9836 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9837 {
9838 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9839 }
9840
9841 static void
9842 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9843 {
9844 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9845 }
9846
9847 static void
9848 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9849 {
9850 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9851 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9852 stop at <line>\n"));
9853 }
9854
9855 static void
9856 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9857 {
9858 int badInput = 0;
9859
9860 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9861 badInput = 1;
9862 else if (*arg != '*')
9863 {
9864 char *argptr = arg;
9865 int hasColon = 0;
9866
9867 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9868 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9869 function/method name. */
9870 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9871 {
9872 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9873 argptr++;
9874 }
9875
9876 if (hasColon)
9877 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9878 else
9879 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9880 }
9881
9882 if (badInput)
9883 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9884 else
9885 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9886 }
9887
9888 static void
9889 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9890 {
9891 int badInput = 0;
9892
9893 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9894 badInput = 1;
9895 else
9896 {
9897 char *argptr = arg;
9898 int hasColon = 0;
9899
9900 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9901 it is probably a line number. */
9902 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9903 {
9904 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9905 argptr++;
9906 }
9907
9908 if (hasColon)
9909 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9910 else
9911 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9912 }
9913
9914 if (badInput)
9915 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9916 else
9917 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9918 }
9919
9920 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9921 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9922 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9923 line. */
9924
9925 static void
9926 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9927 {
9928 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9929 arg,
9930 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9931 0, bp_dprintf,
9932 0 /* Ignore count */,
9933 pending_break_support,
9934 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9935 from_tty,
9936 1 /* enabled */,
9937 0 /* internal */,
9938 0);
9939 }
9940
9941 static void
9942 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9943 {
9944 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9945 }
9946
9947 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9948 ranged breakpoints. */
9949
9950 static int
9951 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9952 struct address_space *aspace,
9953 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9954 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9955 {
9956 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9957 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9958 return 0;
9959
9960 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9961 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9962 }
9963
9964 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9965 ranged breakpoints. */
9966
9967 static int
9968 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9969 {
9970 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9971 }
9972
9973 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9974 ranged breakpoints. */
9975
9976 static enum print_stop_action
9977 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9978 {
9979 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9980 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9981 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9982
9983 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9984
9985 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9986 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9987
9988 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9989 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9991 else
9992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9993 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9994 {
9995 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9996 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9997 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9998 }
9999 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10000 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10001
10002 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10003 }
10004
10005 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10006 ranged breakpoints. */
10007
10008 static void
10009 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10010 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10011 {
10012 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10013 struct value_print_options opts;
10014 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10015
10016 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10017 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10018
10019 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10020
10021 if (opts.addressprint)
10022 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10023 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10024 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10025 annotate_field (5);
10026 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10027 *last_loc = bl;
10028 }
10029
10030 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10031 ranged breakpoints. */
10032
10033 static void
10034 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10035 struct ui_out *uiout)
10036 {
10037 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10038 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10039 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10040 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10041
10042 gdb_assert (bl);
10043
10044 address_start = bl->address;
10045 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10046
10047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10048 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10049 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10050 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10051 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10053
10054 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10055 }
10056
10057 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10058 ranged breakpoints. */
10059
10060 static void
10061 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10062 {
10063 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10064 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10065
10066 gdb_assert (bl);
10067 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10068
10069 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10070 return;
10071
10072 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10073 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10074 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10075 }
10076
10077 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10078 ranged breakpoints. */
10079
10080 static void
10081 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10082 {
10083 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10084 b->addr_string_range_end);
10085 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10086 }
10087
10088 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10089
10090 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10091
10092 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10093 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10094 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10095 last instruction of the given line. */
10096
10097 static CORE_ADDR
10098 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10099 {
10100 CORE_ADDR end;
10101
10102 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10103 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10104 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10105 end = sal.pc;
10106 else
10107 {
10108 int ret;
10109 CORE_ADDR start;
10110
10111 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10112 if (!ret)
10113 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10114
10115 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10116 end--;
10117 }
10118
10119 return end;
10120 }
10121
10122 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10123
10124 static void
10125 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10126 {
10127 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10128 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10129 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10130 CORE_ADDR end;
10131 struct breakpoint *b;
10132 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10133 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10134 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10135
10136 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10137 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10138 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10139
10140 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10141 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10142 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10143 bp_count, 0);
10144 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10145 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10146
10147 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10148 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10149 error(_("No address range specified."));
10150
10151 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10152
10153 arg_start = arg;
10154 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10155
10156 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10157
10158 if (arg[0] != ',')
10159 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10160 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10161 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10162
10163 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10164
10165 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10166 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10167 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10168
10169 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10170 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10171 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10172
10173 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10174 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10175
10176 /* Parse the end location. */
10177
10178 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10179 arg_start = arg;
10180
10181 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10182 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10183 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10184 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10185 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10186 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10187 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10188 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10189
10190 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10191
10192 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10193 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10194
10195 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10196 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10197 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10198 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10199
10200 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10201 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10202 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10203
10204 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10205 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10206 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10207
10208 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10209 if (length < 0)
10210 /* Length overflowed. */
10211 error (_("Address range too large."));
10212 else if (length == 1)
10213 {
10214 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10215 the `hbreak' command. */
10216 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10217
10218 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10219
10220 return;
10221 }
10222
10223 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10224 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10225 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10226 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10227 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10228 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10229 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10230 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10231 b->loc->length = length;
10232
10233 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10234
10235 mention (b);
10236 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10237 update_global_location_list (1);
10238 }
10239
10240 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10241 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10242 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10243 zero. */
10244
10245 static int
10246 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10247 {
10248 int i = exp->nelts;
10249
10250 while (i > 0)
10251 {
10252 int oplenp, argsp;
10253
10254 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10255 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10256 i -= oplenp;
10257
10258 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10259 {
10260 case BINOP_ADD:
10261 case BINOP_SUB:
10262 case BINOP_MUL:
10263 case BINOP_DIV:
10264 case BINOP_REM:
10265 case BINOP_MOD:
10266 case BINOP_LSH:
10267 case BINOP_RSH:
10268 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10269 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10270 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10271 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10272 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10273 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10274 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10275 case BINOP_LESS:
10276 case BINOP_GTR:
10277 case BINOP_LEQ:
10278 case BINOP_GEQ:
10279 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10280 case BINOP_COMMA:
10281 case BINOP_EXP:
10282 case BINOP_MIN:
10283 case BINOP_MAX:
10284 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10285 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10286 case BINOP_IN:
10287 case BINOP_RANGE:
10288 case TERNOP_COND:
10289 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10290
10291 case OP_LONG:
10292 case OP_DOUBLE:
10293 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10294 case OP_LAST:
10295 case OP_COMPLEX:
10296 case OP_STRING:
10297 case OP_ARRAY:
10298 case OP_TYPE:
10299 case OP_TYPEOF:
10300 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10301 case OP_NAME:
10302 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10303
10304 case UNOP_NEG:
10305 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10306 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10307 case UNOP_ADDR:
10308 case UNOP_HIGH:
10309 case UNOP_CAST:
10310
10311 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10312 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10313 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10314 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10315 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10316 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10317 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10318
10319 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10320 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10321 ADDR is. */
10322 break;
10323
10324 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10325 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10326
10327 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10328 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10329 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10330 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10331
10332 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10333 are always constant. */
10334 {
10335 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10336
10337 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10338 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10339 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10340 return 0;
10341 break;
10342 }
10343
10344 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10345 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10346 then it is not a constant. */
10347 default:
10348 return 0;
10349 }
10350 }
10351
10352 return 1;
10353 }
10354
10355 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10356
10357 static void
10358 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10359 {
10360 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10361
10362 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10363 xfree (w->exp);
10364 xfree (w->exp_string);
10365 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10366 value_free (w->val);
10367
10368 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10369 }
10370
10371 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10372
10373 static void
10374 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10375 {
10376 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10377
10378 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10379 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10380
10381 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10382 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10383 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10384 are loaded and unloaded.
10385
10386 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10387 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10388 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10389 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10390 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10391 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10392
10393 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10394 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10395 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10396 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10397
10398 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10399 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10400
10401 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10402 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10403 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10404 }
10405
10406 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10407
10408 static int
10409 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10410 {
10411 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10412 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10413
10414 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10415 w->cond_exp);
10416 }
10417
10418 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10419
10420 static int
10421 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10422 {
10423 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10424 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10425
10426 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10427 w->cond_exp);
10428 }
10429
10430 static int
10431 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10432 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10433 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10434 {
10435 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10436 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10437
10438 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10439 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10440 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10441 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10442 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10443 (did not match the data address). */
10444 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10445 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10446 return 0;
10447
10448 return 1;
10449 }
10450
10451 static void
10452 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10453 {
10454 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10455
10456 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10457 }
10458
10459 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10460 hardware watchpoints. */
10461
10462 static int
10463 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10464 {
10465 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10466 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10467
10468 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10469 }
10470
10471 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10472 hardware watchpoints. */
10473
10474 static int
10475 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10476 {
10477 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10478 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10479 }
10480
10481 static enum print_stop_action
10482 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10483 {
10484 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10485 struct breakpoint *b;
10486 const struct bp_location *bl;
10487 struct ui_file *stb;
10488 enum print_stop_action result;
10489 struct watchpoint *w;
10490 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10491
10492 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10493
10494 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10495 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10496 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10497
10498 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10499 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10500
10501 switch (b->type)
10502 {
10503 case bp_watchpoint:
10504 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10505 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10506 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10507 ui_out_field_string
10508 (uiout, "reason",
10509 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10510 mention (b);
10511 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10512 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10513 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10514 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10515 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10516 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10517 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10518 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10519 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10520 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10521 break;
10522
10523 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10524 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10525 ui_out_field_string
10526 (uiout, "reason",
10527 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10528 mention (b);
10529 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10530 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10531 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10532 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10533 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10534 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10535 break;
10536
10537 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10538 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10539 {
10540 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10541 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10542 ui_out_field_string
10543 (uiout, "reason",
10544 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10545 mention (b);
10546 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10547 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10548 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10549 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10550 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10551 }
10552 else
10553 {
10554 mention (b);
10555 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10556 ui_out_field_string
10557 (uiout, "reason",
10558 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10559 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10560 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10561 }
10562 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10563 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10564 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10565 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10566 break;
10567 default:
10568 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10569 }
10570
10571 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10572 return result;
10573 }
10574
10575 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10576 watchpoints. */
10577
10578 static void
10579 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10580 {
10581 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10582 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10583 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10584
10585 switch (b->type)
10586 {
10587 case bp_watchpoint:
10588 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10589 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10590 break;
10591 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10592 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10593 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10594 break;
10595 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10596 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10597 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10598 break;
10599 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10600 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10601 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10602 break;
10603 default:
10604 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10605 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10606 }
10607
10608 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10609 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10610 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10611 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10612 }
10613
10614 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10615 watchpoints. */
10616
10617 static void
10618 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10619 {
10620 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10621
10622 switch (b->type)
10623 {
10624 case bp_watchpoint:
10625 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10626 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10627 break;
10628 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10630 break;
10631 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10632 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10633 break;
10634 default:
10635 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10636 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10637 }
10638
10639 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10640 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10641 }
10642
10643 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10644
10645 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10646
10647 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10648 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10649
10650 static int
10651 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10652 {
10653 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10654
10655 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10656 bl->watchpoint_type);
10657 }
10658
10659 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10660 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10661
10662 static int
10663 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10664 {
10665 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10666
10667 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10668 bl->watchpoint_type);
10669 }
10670
10671 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10672 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10673
10674 static int
10675 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10676 {
10677 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10678
10679 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10680 }
10681
10682 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10683 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10684
10685 static int
10686 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10687 {
10688 return 0;
10689 }
10690
10691 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10692 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10693
10694 static enum print_stop_action
10695 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10696 {
10697 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10698 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10699
10700 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10701 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10702
10703 switch (b->type)
10704 {
10705 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10706 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10707 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10708 ui_out_field_string
10709 (uiout, "reason",
10710 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10711 break;
10712
10713 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10714 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10715 ui_out_field_string
10716 (uiout, "reason",
10717 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10718 break;
10719
10720 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10721 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10722 ui_out_field_string
10723 (uiout, "reason",
10724 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10725 break;
10726 default:
10727 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10728 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10729 }
10730
10731 mention (b);
10732 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10733 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10734 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10735 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10736
10737 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10738 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10739 }
10740
10741 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10742 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10743
10744 static void
10745 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10746 struct ui_out *uiout)
10747 {
10748 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10749
10750 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10751 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10752
10753 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10754 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10755 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10756 }
10757
10758 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10759 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10760
10761 static void
10762 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10763 {
10764 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10765 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10766 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10767
10768 switch (b->type)
10769 {
10770 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10771 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10772 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10773 break;
10774 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10775 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10776 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10777 break;
10778 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10779 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10780 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10781 break;
10782 default:
10783 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10784 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10785 }
10786
10787 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10788 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10789 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10790 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10791 }
10792
10793 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10794 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10795
10796 static void
10797 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10798 {
10799 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10800 char tmp[40];
10801
10802 switch (b->type)
10803 {
10804 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10805 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10806 break;
10807 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10808 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10809 break;
10810 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10812 break;
10813 default:
10814 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10815 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10816 }
10817
10818 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10820 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10821 }
10822
10823 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10824
10825 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10826
10827 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10828
10829 static int
10830 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10831 {
10832 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10833 }
10834
10835 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10836 hw_read: watch read,
10837 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10838 static void
10839 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10840 int just_location, int internal)
10841 {
10842 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10843 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10844 struct expression *exp;
10845 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10846 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10847 struct frame_info *frame;
10848 char *exp_start = NULL;
10849 char *exp_end = NULL;
10850 char *tok, *end_tok;
10851 int toklen = -1;
10852 char *cond_start = NULL;
10853 char *cond_end = NULL;
10854 enum bptype bp_type;
10855 int thread = -1;
10856 int pc = 0;
10857 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10858 the hardware watchpoint. */
10859 int use_mask = 0;
10860 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10861 struct watchpoint *w;
10862
10863 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10864 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10865 {
10866 char *value_start;
10867
10868 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10869 of the arguments string. */
10870 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10871 {
10872 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10873 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10874 tok--;
10875
10876 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10877 This is the value of the parameter. */
10878 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10879 tok--;
10880 value_start = tok + 1;
10881
10882 /* Skip whitespace. */
10883 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10884 tok--;
10885
10886 end_tok = tok;
10887
10888 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10889 This is the parameter itself. */
10890 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10891 tok--;
10892 tok++;
10893 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10894
10895 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10896 {
10897 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10898 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10899 only in a specific thread. */
10900 char *endp;
10901
10902 if (thread != -1)
10903 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10904
10905 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10906 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10907
10908 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10909 thread ID. */
10910 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10911 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10912
10913 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10914 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10915 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10916 }
10917 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10918 {
10919 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10920 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10921 facility. */
10922 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10923
10924 if (use_mask)
10925 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10926
10927 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10928
10929 mark = value_mark ();
10930 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10931 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10932 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10933 }
10934 else
10935 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10936 break;
10937
10938 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10939 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10940 *tok = '\0';
10941 }
10942 }
10943
10944 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10945 innermost_block = NULL;
10946 exp_start = arg;
10947 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10948 exp_end = arg;
10949 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10950 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10951 prettier. */
10952 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10953 --exp_end;
10954
10955 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10956 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10957 {
10958 int len;
10959
10960 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10961 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10962 len--;
10963 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10964 }
10965
10966 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10967 mark = value_mark ();
10968 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10969
10970 if (just_location)
10971 {
10972 int ret;
10973
10974 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10975 val = value_addr (result);
10976 release_value (val);
10977 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10978
10979 if (use_mask)
10980 {
10981 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10982 mask);
10983 if (ret == -1)
10984 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10985 else if (ret == -2)
10986 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10987 }
10988 }
10989 else if (val != NULL)
10990 release_value (val);
10991
10992 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10993 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10994
10995 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10996 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10997 {
10998 struct expression *cond;
10999
11000 innermost_block = NULL;
11001 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11002 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11003
11004 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11005 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11006 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11007
11008 xfree (cond);
11009 cond_end = tok;
11010 }
11011 if (*tok)
11012 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11013
11014 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11015 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11016 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11017 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11018 else
11019 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11020
11021 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11022
11023 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11024 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11025 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11026 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11027 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11028 {
11029 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11030 {
11031 scope_breakpoint
11032 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11033 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11034 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11035 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11036
11037 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11038
11039 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11040 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11041
11042 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11043 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11044
11045 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11046 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11047 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11048 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11049 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11050 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11051 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11052 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11053 scope_breakpoint->type);
11054 }
11055 }
11056
11057 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11058
11059 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11060 b = &w->base;
11061 if (use_mask)
11062 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11063 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11064 else
11065 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11066 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11067 b->thread = thread;
11068 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11069 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11070 w->exp = exp;
11071 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11072 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11073 if (just_location)
11074 {
11075 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11076 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11077 char *name;
11078
11079 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11080 name = type_to_string (t);
11081
11082 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11083 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11084 xfree (name);
11085
11086 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11087 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11088
11089 /* The above expression is in C. */
11090 b->language = language_c;
11091 }
11092 else
11093 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11094
11095 if (use_mask)
11096 {
11097 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11098 }
11099 else
11100 {
11101 w->val = val;
11102 w->val_valid = 1;
11103 }
11104
11105 if (cond_start)
11106 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11107 else
11108 b->cond_string = 0;
11109
11110 if (frame)
11111 {
11112 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11113 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11114 }
11115 else
11116 {
11117 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11118 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11119 }
11120
11121 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11122 {
11123 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11124 need to act on them together. */
11125 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11126 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11127 }
11128
11129 if (!just_location)
11130 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11131
11132 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11133 {
11134 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11135 that should be inserted. */
11136 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11137 }
11138 if (e.reason < 0)
11139 {
11140 delete_breakpoint (b);
11141 throw_exception (e);
11142 }
11143
11144 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11145 }
11146
11147 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11148 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11149
11150 static int
11151 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11152 {
11153 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11154 struct value *head = v;
11155
11156 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11157 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11158 return 0;
11159
11160 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11161 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11162 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11163 hardware watchpoint.
11164
11165 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11166 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11167 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11168 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11169 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11170 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11171 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11172 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11173 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11174
11175 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11176 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11177 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11178 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11179 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11180 {
11181 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11182 {
11183 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11184 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11185 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11186 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11187 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11188 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11189 ;
11190 else
11191 {
11192 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11193 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11194 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11195
11196 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11197 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11198 middle of some value chain. */
11199 if (v == head
11200 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11201 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11202 {
11203 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11204 int len;
11205 int num_regs;
11206
11207 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11208 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11209 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11210
11211 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11212 if (!num_regs)
11213 return 0;
11214 else
11215 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11216 }
11217 }
11218 }
11219 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11220 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11221 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11222 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11223 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11224 }
11225
11226 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11227 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11228 return found_memory_cnt;
11229 }
11230
11231 void
11232 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11233 {
11234 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11235 }
11236
11237 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11238 calls watch_command_1. */
11239
11240 static void
11241 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11242 {
11243 int just_location = 0;
11244
11245 if (arg
11246 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11247 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11248 {
11249 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11250 just_location = 1;
11251 }
11252
11253 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11254 }
11255
11256 static void
11257 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11258 {
11259 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11260 }
11261
11262 void
11263 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11264 {
11265 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11266 }
11267
11268 static void
11269 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11270 {
11271 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11272 }
11273
11274 void
11275 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11276 {
11277 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11278 }
11279
11280 static void
11281 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11282 {
11283 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11284 }
11285 \f
11286
11287 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11288 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11289
11290 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11291 {
11292 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11293 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11294 int thread_num;
11295 };
11296
11297 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11298 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11299 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11300 command. */
11301 static void
11302 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11303 {
11304 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11305
11306 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11307 if (a->breakpoint2)
11308 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11309 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11310 }
11311
11312 void
11313 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11314 {
11315 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11316 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11317 struct frame_info *frame;
11318 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11319 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11320 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11321 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11322 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11323 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11324 int thread;
11325 struct thread_info *tp;
11326
11327 clear_proceed_status ();
11328
11329 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11330 this function. */
11331
11332 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11333 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11334 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11335 get_last_displayed_line ());
11336 else
11337 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11338 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11339
11340 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11341 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11342
11343 sal = sals.sals[0];
11344 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11345
11346 if (*arg)
11347 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11348
11349 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11350
11351 tp = inferior_thread ();
11352 thread = tp->num;
11353
11354 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11355
11356 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11357 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11358 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11359 that. */
11360
11361 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11362 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11363 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11364 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11365
11366 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11367 one. */
11368
11369 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11370 {
11371 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11372
11373 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11374 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11375 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11376 sal2,
11377 caller_frame_id,
11378 bp_until);
11379 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11380
11381 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11382 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11383 }
11384
11385 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11386 frame = NULL;
11387
11388 if (anywhere)
11389 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11390 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11391 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11392 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11393 else
11394 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11395 only at the very same frame. */
11396 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11397 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11398 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11399
11400 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11401
11402 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11403 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11404 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11405 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11406
11407 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11408 {
11409 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11410 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11411
11412 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11413 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11414 args->thread_num = thread;
11415
11416 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11417 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11418 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11419 xfree);
11420 }
11421 else
11422 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11423 }
11424
11425 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11426 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11427
11428 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11429 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11430 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11431 if clause in the arg string. */
11432
11433 static char *
11434 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11435 {
11436 char *cond_string;
11437
11438 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11439 return NULL;
11440
11441 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11442 (*arg) += 2;
11443
11444 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11445 condition string. */
11446 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11447 cond_string = *arg;
11448
11449 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11450 string. */
11451 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11452
11453 return cond_string;
11454 }
11455
11456 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11457 process start/exit, etc. */
11458
11459 typedef enum
11460 {
11461 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11462 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11463 }
11464 catch_fork_kind;
11465
11466 static void
11467 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11468 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11469 {
11470 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11471 char *cond_string = NULL;
11472 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11473 int tempflag;
11474
11475 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11476 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11477 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11478
11479 if (!arg)
11480 arg = "";
11481 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11482
11483 /* The allowed syntax is:
11484 catch [v]fork
11485 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11486
11487 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11488 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11489
11490 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11491 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11492
11493 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11494 and enable reporting of such events. */
11495 switch (fork_kind)
11496 {
11497 case catch_fork_temporary:
11498 case catch_fork_permanent:
11499 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11500 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11501 break;
11502 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11503 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11504 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11505 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11506 break;
11507 default:
11508 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11509 break;
11510 }
11511 }
11512
11513 static void
11514 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11515 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11516 {
11517 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11518 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11519 int tempflag;
11520 char *cond_string = NULL;
11521
11522 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11523
11524 if (!arg)
11525 arg = "";
11526 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11527
11528 /* The allowed syntax is:
11529 catch exec
11530 catch exec if <cond>
11531
11532 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11533 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11534
11535 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11536 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11537
11538 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11539 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11540 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11541 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11542
11543 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11544 }
11545
11546 static enum print_stop_action
11547 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11548 {
11549 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11550 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11551 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11552
11553 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11554
11555 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11556 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11557 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11558 b->loc->address,
11559 b->number, 1);
11560 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11561 ui_out_text (uiout,
11562 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11563 : "Catchpoint ");
11564 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11565 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11566 ui_out_text (uiout,
11567 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11568 : " (exception caught), ");
11569 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11570 {
11571 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11572 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11573 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11574 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11575 }
11576 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11577 }
11578
11579 static void
11580 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11581 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11582 {
11583 struct value_print_options opts;
11584 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11585
11586 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11587 if (opts.addressprint)
11588 {
11589 annotate_field (4);
11590 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11591 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11592 else
11593 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11594 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11595 }
11596 annotate_field (5);
11597 if (b->loc)
11598 *last_loc = b->loc;
11599 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11600 {
11601 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11602 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11603 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw");
11604 }
11605 else
11606 {
11607 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11608 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11609 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch");
11610 }
11611 }
11612
11613 static void
11614 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11615 {
11616 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11617 int bp_temp;
11618 int bp_throw;
11619
11620 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11621 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11622 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11623 : _("Catchpoint "));
11624 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11625 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11626 : _(" (catch)"));
11627 }
11628
11629 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11630 catch catchpoints. */
11631
11632 static void
11633 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11634 struct ui_file *fp)
11635 {
11636 int bp_temp;
11637 int bp_throw;
11638
11639 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11640 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11641 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11642 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11643 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11644 }
11645
11646 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11647
11648 static int
11649 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11650 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11651 {
11652 char *trigger_func_name;
11653
11654 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11655 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11656 else
11657 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11658
11659 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11660 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11661 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11662 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11663 0,
11664 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11665 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11666 1 /* enabled */,
11667 0 /* internal */,
11668 0);
11669
11670 return 1;
11671 }
11672
11673 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11674
11675 static void
11676 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11677 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11678 {
11679 char *cond_string = NULL;
11680
11681 if (!arg)
11682 arg = "";
11683 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11684
11685 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11686
11687 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11688 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11689
11690 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11691 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11692 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11693
11694 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11695 return;
11696
11697 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11698 }
11699
11700 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11701
11702 static void
11703 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11704 {
11705 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11706
11707 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11708 }
11709
11710 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11711
11712 static void
11713 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11714 {
11715 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11716
11717 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11718 }
11719
11720 void
11721 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11722 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11723 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11724 char *addr_string,
11725 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11726 int tempflag,
11727 int from_tty)
11728 {
11729 if (from_tty)
11730 {
11731 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11732 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11733 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11734
11735 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11736 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11737 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11738 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11739 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11740 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11741 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11742 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11743 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11744 enough for now, though. */
11745 }
11746
11747 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11748
11749 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11750 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11751 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11752 b->language = language_ada;
11753 }
11754
11755 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11756 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11757 static VEC(int) *
11758 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11759 {
11760 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11761 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11762
11763 while (*arg != '\0')
11764 {
11765 int i, syscall_number;
11766 char *endptr;
11767 char cur_name[128];
11768 struct syscall s;
11769
11770 /* Skip whitespace. */
11771 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11772
11773 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11774 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11775 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11776 arg += i;
11777
11778 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11779 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11780 if (*endptr == '\0')
11781 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11782 else
11783 {
11784 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11785 to a number. */
11786 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11787
11788 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11789 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11790 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11791 syscall number to be caught. */
11792 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11793 }
11794
11795 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11796 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11797 }
11798
11799 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11800 return result;
11801 }
11802
11803 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11804
11805 static void
11806 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11807 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11808 {
11809 int tempflag;
11810 VEC(int) *filter;
11811 struct syscall s;
11812 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11813
11814 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11815 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11816 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11817 this architecture yet."));
11818
11819 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11820
11821 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11822
11823 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11824 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11825 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11826 for his/her architecture. */
11827 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11828
11829 /* The allowed syntax is:
11830 catch syscall
11831 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11832
11833 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11834
11835 if (arg != NULL)
11836 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11837 else
11838 filter = NULL;
11839
11840 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11841 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11842 }
11843
11844 static void
11845 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11846 {
11847 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11848 }
11849 \f
11850
11851 static void
11852 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11853 {
11854 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11855 }
11856
11857 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11858
11859 static int
11860 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11861 {
11862 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11863 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11864 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11865 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11866
11867 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11868 return -1;
11869 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11870 return 1;
11871
11872 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11873 the number 0. */
11874 if (ua < ub)
11875 return -1;
11876 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11877 }
11878
11879 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11880
11881 static void
11882 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11883 {
11884 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11885 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11886 int ix;
11887 int default_match;
11888 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11889 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11890 int i;
11891 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11892
11893 if (arg)
11894 {
11895 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11896 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11897 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11898 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11899 default_match = 0;
11900 }
11901 else
11902 {
11903 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11904 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11905 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11906 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11907
11908 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11909 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11910 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11911 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11912 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11913 error (_("No source file specified."));
11914
11915 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11916 sals.nelts = 1;
11917
11918 default_match = 1;
11919 }
11920
11921 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11922 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11923 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11924 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11925
11926 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11927 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11928 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11929 due to optimization, all in one block.
11930
11931 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11932 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11933 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11934 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11935 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11936 to support that. */
11937
11938 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11939 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11940 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11941 breakpoint. */
11942
11943 found = NULL;
11944 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11945 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11946 {
11947 const char *sal_fullname;
11948
11949 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11950 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11951 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11952 or at default pc.
11953
11954 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11955
11956 0 1 pc
11957 1 1 pc _and_ line
11958 0 0 line
11959 1 0 <can't happen> */
11960
11961 sal = sals.sals[i];
11962 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11963 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11964
11965 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11967 {
11968 int match = 0;
11969 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11970 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11971 {
11972 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11973 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11974 {
11975 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11976 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11977 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11978 && sal.pc
11979 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11980 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11981 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11982 || loc->section == sal.section));
11983 int line_match = 0;
11984
11985 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11986 && loc->symtab != NULL
11987 && sal_fullname != NULL
11988 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11989 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11990 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11991 sal_fullname) == 0)
11992 line_match = 1;
11993
11994 if (pc_match || line_match)
11995 {
11996 match = 1;
11997 break;
11998 }
11999 }
12000 }
12001
12002 if (match)
12003 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12004 }
12005 }
12006
12007 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12008 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12009 {
12010 if (arg)
12011 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12012 else
12013 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12014 }
12015
12016 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12017 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12018 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12019 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12020 compare_breakpoints);
12021 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12022 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12023 {
12024 if (b == prev)
12025 {
12026 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12027 --ix;
12028 }
12029 }
12030
12031 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12032 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12033 if (from_tty)
12034 {
12035 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12036 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12037 else
12038 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12039 }
12040
12041 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12042 {
12043 if (from_tty)
12044 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12045 delete_breakpoint (b);
12046 }
12047 if (from_tty)
12048 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12049
12050 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12051 }
12052 \f
12053 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12054 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12055 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12056
12057 void
12058 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12059 {
12060 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12061
12062 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12063 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12064 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12065 && bs->stop)
12066 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12067
12068 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12069 {
12070 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12071 delete_breakpoint (b);
12072 }
12073 }
12074
12075 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12076 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12077 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12078 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12079 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12080 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12081
12082 static int
12083 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12084 {
12085 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12086 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12087 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12088 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12089 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12090
12091 if (a->address != b->address)
12092 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12093
12094 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12095 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12096 grouped. */
12097
12098 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12099 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12100 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12101
12102 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12103 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12104 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12105
12106 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12107 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12108 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12109
12110 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12111 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12112 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12113
12114 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12115 }
12116
12117 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12118 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12119 content of the bp_location array. */
12120
12121 static void
12122 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12123 {
12124 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12125
12126 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12127 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12128
12129 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12130 {
12131 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12132
12133 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12134 continue;
12135
12136 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12137 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12138
12139 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12140 addr = bl->address - start;
12141 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12142 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12143
12144 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12145
12146 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12147 addr = end - bl->address;
12148 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12149 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12150 }
12151 }
12152
12153 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12154
12155 static void
12156 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12157 {
12158 struct breakpoint *b;
12159 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12160
12161 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12162 return;
12163
12164 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12165
12166 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12167 {
12168 struct bp_location *bl;
12169 struct tracepoint *t;
12170 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12171
12172 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12173 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12174 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12175 continue;
12176
12177 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12178 {
12179 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12180 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12181 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12182 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12183 continue;
12184
12185 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12186
12187 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12188
12189 bl->inserted = 1;
12190 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12191 }
12192 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12193 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12194 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12195 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12196 }
12197
12198 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12199 }
12200
12201 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12202
12203 static void
12204 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12205 {
12206 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12207 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12208 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12209 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12210
12211 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12212 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12213 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12214 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12215 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12216
12217 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12218 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12219 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12220 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12221 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12222 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12223 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12224 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12225 }
12226
12227 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12228 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12229 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12230 the target. */
12231
12232 static void
12233 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12234 {
12235 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12236 struct bp_location *loc;
12237 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12238 int pspace_num;
12239
12240 address = bl->address;
12241 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12242
12243 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12244 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12245 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12246 side. */
12247 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12248 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12249 return;
12250
12251 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12252 the same program space as the location
12253 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12254 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12255 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12256 {
12257 loc = *loc2p;
12258
12259 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12260 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12261 continue;
12262
12263 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12264 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12265 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12266 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12267 that have already been marked. */
12268 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12269
12270 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12271 it later on. */
12272 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12273 {
12274 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12275 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12276 }
12277 }
12278 }
12279
12280 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12281 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12282 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12283 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12284 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12285 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12286 returns true on them.
12287
12288 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12289 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12290 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12291 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12292 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12293 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12294
12295 static void
12296 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12297 {
12298 struct breakpoint *b;
12299 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12300 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12301 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12302 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12303 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12304 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12305
12306 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12307 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12308 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12309 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12310 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12311 once. */
12312 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12313 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12314 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12315 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12316
12317 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12318 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12319 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12320 unsigned old_location_count;
12321
12322 old_location = bp_location;
12323 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12324 bp_location = NULL;
12325 bp_location_count = 0;
12326 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12327
12328 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12329 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12330 bp_location_count++;
12331
12332 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12333 locp = bp_location;
12334 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12335 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12336 *locp++ = loc;
12337 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12338 bp_location_compare);
12339
12340 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12341
12342 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12343 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12344 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12345 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12346 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12347 location.
12348
12349 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12350 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12351
12352 locp = bp_location;
12353 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12354 old_locp++)
12355 {
12356 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12357 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12358
12359 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12360 not, we have to free it. */
12361 int found_object = 0;
12362 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12363 int keep_in_target = 0;
12364 int removed = 0;
12365
12366 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12367 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12368 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12369 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12370 locp++;
12371
12372 for (loc2p = locp;
12373 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12374 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12375 loc2p++)
12376 {
12377 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12378 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12379 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12380 place there. */
12381 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12382 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12383 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12384 {
12385 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12386 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12387 }
12388
12389 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12390 found_object = 1;
12391 }
12392
12393 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12394 have to go through updates again. */
12395 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12396
12397 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12398 if (!found_object)
12399 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12400
12401 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12402 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12403 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12404 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12405 at certain location is not inserted. */
12406
12407 if (old_loc->inserted)
12408 {
12409 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12410 it. */
12411
12412 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12413 {
12414 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12415 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12416 keep_in_target = 1;
12417 }
12418 else
12419 {
12420 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12421 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12422 remove its target-side condition. */
12423
12424 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12425 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12426 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12427 this one from the target. */
12428
12429 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12430 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12431 {
12432 for (loc2p = locp;
12433 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12434 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12435 loc2p++)
12436 {
12437 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12438
12439 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12440 {
12441 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12442 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12443 supported, but the latter are. */
12444 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12445 {
12446 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12447 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12448 }
12449
12450 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12451 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12452 unduplicated. */
12453 if (loc2 != old_loc
12454 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12455 {
12456 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12457 keep_in_target = 1;
12458 break;
12459 }
12460 }
12461 }
12462 }
12463 }
12464
12465 if (!keep_in_target)
12466 {
12467 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12468 {
12469 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12470 this location on the global list, and try to
12471 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12472 reason why we will succeed next time.
12473
12474 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12475 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12476 only after calling us. */
12477 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12478 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12479 old_loc->owner->number);
12480 }
12481 removed = 1;
12482 }
12483 }
12484
12485 if (!found_object)
12486 {
12487 if (removed && non_stop
12488 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12489 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12490 {
12491 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12492 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12493 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12494 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12495 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12496 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12497 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12498 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12499 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12500 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12501 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12502 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12503 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12504 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12505 SIGTRAP.
12506
12507 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12508 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12509
12510 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12511 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12512 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12513 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12514 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12515 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12516 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12517 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12518 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12519 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12520 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12521 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12522 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12523 thread_count.
12524
12525 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12526 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12527 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12528 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12529
12530 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12531 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12532 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12533 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12534 traps we can no longer explain. */
12535
12536 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12537 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12538
12539 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12540 }
12541 else
12542 {
12543 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12544 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12545 }
12546 }
12547 }
12548
12549 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12550 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12551 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12552 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12553 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12554 are sorted first for the same address.
12555
12556 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12557 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12558
12559 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12560 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12561 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12562 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12563 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12564 {
12565 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12566 non-NULL. */
12567 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12568 b = loc->owner;
12569
12570 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12571 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12572 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12573 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12574 `struct bp_location'. */
12575 || is_tracepoint (b))
12576 {
12577 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12578 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12579 continue;
12580 }
12581
12582 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12583 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12584 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12585 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12586 "actually inserted"));
12587
12588 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12589 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12590 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12591 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12592 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12593 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12594 else
12595 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12596
12597 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12598 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12599 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12600 {
12601 *loc_first_p = loc;
12602 loc->duplicate = 0;
12603
12604 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12605 {
12606 loc->needs_update = 1;
12607 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12608 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12609 }
12610 continue;
12611 }
12612
12613
12614 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12615 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12616 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12617 if (loc->inserted)
12618 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12619 loc->duplicate = 1;
12620
12621 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12622 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12623
12624 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12625 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12626 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12627 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12628 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12629 }
12630
12631 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12632 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12633 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12634 {
12635 if (should_insert)
12636 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12637 else
12638 {
12639 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12640 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12641 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12642 "needs_update". */
12643 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12644 }
12645 }
12646
12647 if (should_insert)
12648 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12649
12650 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12651 }
12652
12653 void
12654 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12655 {
12656 struct bp_location *loc;
12657 int ix;
12658
12659 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12660 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12661 {
12662 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12663 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12664 --ix;
12665 }
12666 }
12667
12668 static void
12669 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12670 {
12671 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12672
12673 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12674 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12675 }
12676
12677 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12678
12679 static void
12680 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12681 {
12682 bpstat bs;
12683
12684 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12685 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12686 {
12687 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12688 bs->old_val = NULL;
12689 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12690 }
12691 }
12692
12693 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12694 static int
12695 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12696 {
12697 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12698
12699 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12700 return 0;
12701 }
12702
12703 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12704 callbacks. */
12705
12706 static void
12707 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12708 {
12709 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12710 struct value_print_options opts;
12711
12712 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12713
12714 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12715 single string. */
12716 if (b->loc == NULL)
12717 {
12718 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12719 }
12720 else
12721 {
12722 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12723 {
12724 printf_filtered (" at ");
12725 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12726 gdb_stdout);
12727 }
12728 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12729 {
12730 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12731 more nicely. */
12732 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12733 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12734 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12735 b->loc->line_number);
12736 else
12737 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12738 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12739 real situation somewhat. */
12740 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12741 }
12742
12743 if (b->loc->next)
12744 {
12745 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12746 int n = 0;
12747 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12748 ++n;
12749 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12750 }
12751 }
12752 }
12753
12754 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12755
12756 static void
12757 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12758 {
12759 xfree (self->cond);
12760 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12761 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12762 xfree (self->function_name);
12763 }
12764
12765 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12766 {
12767 bp_location_dtor
12768 };
12769
12770 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12771 inherit from. */
12772
12773 static void
12774 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12775 {
12776 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12777 xfree (self->cond_string);
12778 xfree (self->addr_string);
12779 xfree (self->filter);
12780 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12781 }
12782
12783 static struct bp_location *
12784 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12785 {
12786 struct bp_location *loc;
12787
12788 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12789 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12790 return loc;
12791 }
12792
12793 static void
12794 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12795 {
12796 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12797 }
12798
12799 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12800 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12801
12802 static int
12803 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12804 {
12805 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12806 }
12807
12808 static int
12809 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12810 {
12811 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12812 }
12813
12814 static int
12815 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12816 struct address_space *aspace,
12817 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12818 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12819 {
12820 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12821 }
12822
12823 static void
12824 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12825 {
12826 /* Always stop. */
12827 }
12828
12829 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12830 errors. */
12831
12832 static int
12833 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12834 {
12835 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12836 }
12837
12838 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12839 errors. */
12840
12841 static int
12842 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12843 {
12844 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12845 }
12846
12847 static enum print_stop_action
12848 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12849 {
12850 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12851 }
12852
12853 static void
12854 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12855 struct ui_out *uiout)
12856 {
12857 /* nothing */
12858 }
12859
12860 static void
12861 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12862 {
12863 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12864 }
12865
12866 static void
12867 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12868 {
12869 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12870 }
12871
12872 static void
12873 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12874 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12875 enum bptype type_wanted,
12876 char *addr_start,
12877 char **copy_arg)
12878 {
12879 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12880 }
12881
12882 static void
12883 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12884 struct linespec_result *c,
12885 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12886 char *cond_string,
12887 char *extra_string,
12888 enum bptype type_wanted,
12889 enum bpdisp disposition,
12890 int thread,
12891 int task, int ignore_count,
12892 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12893 int from_tty, int enabled,
12894 int internal, unsigned flags)
12895 {
12896 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12897 }
12898
12899 static void
12900 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12901 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12902 {
12903 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12904 }
12905
12906 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12907
12908 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12909 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12910 {
12911 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12912 }
12913
12914 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12915 {
12916 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12917 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12918 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12919 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12920 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12921 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12922 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12923 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12924 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12925 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12926 NULL,
12927 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12928 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12929 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12930 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12931 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12932 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12933 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12934 };
12935
12936 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12937
12938 static void
12939 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12940 {
12941 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12942 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12943 {
12944 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12945 delete_breakpoint (b);
12946 return;
12947 }
12948
12949 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12950 }
12951
12952 static int
12953 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12954 {
12955 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12956 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12957 &bl->target_info);
12958 else
12959 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12960 &bl->target_info);
12961 }
12962
12963 static int
12964 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12965 {
12966 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12967 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12968 else
12969 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12970 }
12971
12972 static int
12973 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12974 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12975 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12976 {
12977 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12978
12979 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12980 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12981 return 0;
12982
12983 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12984 aspace, bp_addr))
12985 return 0;
12986
12987 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12988 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12989 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12990 return 0;
12991
12992 return 1;
12993 }
12994
12995 static int
12996 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12997 {
12998 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12999
13000 return 1;
13001 }
13002
13003 static enum print_stop_action
13004 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13005 {
13006 struct breakpoint *b;
13007 const struct bp_location *bl;
13008 int bp_temp;
13009 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13010
13011 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13012
13013 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13014 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13015
13016 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13017 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13018 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13019 bl->address,
13020 b->number, 1);
13021 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13022 if (bp_temp)
13023 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13024 else
13025 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13026 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13027 {
13028 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13029 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13030 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13031 }
13032 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13033 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13034
13035 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13036 }
13037
13038 static void
13039 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13040 {
13041 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13042 return;
13043
13044 switch (b->type)
13045 {
13046 case bp_breakpoint:
13047 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13048 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13049 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13050 else
13051 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13052 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13053 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13054 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13055 break;
13056 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13057 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13058 break;
13059 case bp_dprintf:
13060 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13061 break;
13062 }
13063
13064 say_where (b);
13065 }
13066
13067 static void
13068 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13069 {
13070 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13071 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13072 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13073 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13074 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13075 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13076 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13077 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13078 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13079 else
13080 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13081 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13082
13083 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13084 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13085 }
13086
13087 static void
13088 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13089 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13090 enum bptype type_wanted,
13091 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13092 {
13093 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13094 addr_start, copy_arg);
13095 }
13096
13097 static void
13098 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13099 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13100 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13101 char *cond_string,
13102 char *extra_string,
13103 enum bptype type_wanted,
13104 enum bpdisp disposition,
13105 int thread,
13106 int task, int ignore_count,
13107 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13108 int from_tty, int enabled,
13109 int internal, unsigned flags)
13110 {
13111 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13112 cond_string, extra_string,
13113 type_wanted,
13114 disposition, thread, task,
13115 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13116 enabled, internal, flags);
13117 }
13118
13119 static void
13120 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13121 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13122 {
13123 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13124 }
13125
13126 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13127
13128 static void
13129 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13130 {
13131 switch (b->type)
13132 {
13133 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13134 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13135 case bp_overlay_event:
13136 case bp_longjmp_master:
13137 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13138 case bp_exception_master:
13139 delete_breakpoint (b);
13140 break;
13141
13142 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13143 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13144 case bp_shlib_event:
13145
13146 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13147 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13148 case bp_thread_event:
13149 break;
13150 }
13151 }
13152
13153 static void
13154 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13155 {
13156 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13157 {
13158 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13159 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13160 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13161 objects (among other things). */
13162 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13163 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13164 }
13165 else
13166 bs->stop = 0;
13167 }
13168
13169 static enum print_stop_action
13170 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13171 {
13172 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13173 struct breakpoint *b;
13174
13175 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13176
13177 switch (b->type)
13178 {
13179 case bp_shlib_event:
13180 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13181 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13182 to shlib event" message.) */
13183 print_solib_event (0);
13184 break;
13185
13186 case bp_thread_event:
13187 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13188 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13189 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13190 break;
13191
13192 case bp_overlay_event:
13193 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13194 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13195 break;
13196
13197 case bp_longjmp_master:
13198 /* These should never be enabled. */
13199 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13200 break;
13201
13202 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13203 /* These should never be enabled. */
13204 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13205 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13206 break;
13207
13208 case bp_exception_master:
13209 /* These should never be enabled. */
13210 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13211 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13212 break;
13213 }
13214
13215 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13216 }
13217
13218 static void
13219 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13220 {
13221 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13222 }
13223
13224 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13225
13226 static void
13227 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13228 {
13229 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13230 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13231 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13232 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13233 }
13234
13235 static void
13236 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13237 {
13238 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13239 }
13240
13241 static enum print_stop_action
13242 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13243 {
13244 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13245
13246 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13247 {
13248 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13249
13250 switch (b->type)
13251 {
13252 case bp_finish:
13253 ui_out_field_string
13254 (uiout, "reason",
13255 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13256 break;
13257
13258 case bp_until:
13259 ui_out_field_string
13260 (uiout, "reason",
13261 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13262 break;
13263 }
13264 }
13265
13266 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13267 }
13268
13269 static void
13270 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13271 {
13272 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13273 }
13274
13275 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13276
13277 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13278 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13279
13280 static void
13281 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13282 {
13283 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13284
13285 if (tp)
13286 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13287
13288 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13289 }
13290
13291 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13292
13293 static int
13294 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13295 {
13296 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13297
13298 if (v == 0)
13299 {
13300 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13301 if needed. */
13302 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13303 }
13304
13305 return v;
13306 }
13307
13308 static int
13309 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13310 {
13311 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13312 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13313
13314 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13315 }
13316
13317 static void
13318 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13319 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13320 enum bptype type_wanted,
13321 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13322 {
13323 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13324
13325 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13326
13327 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13328 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13329
13330 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13331 }
13332
13333 static void
13334 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13335 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13336 {
13337 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13338 if (!sals->sals)
13339 error (_("probe not found"));
13340 }
13341
13342 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13343
13344 static void
13345 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13346 {
13347 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13348 }
13349
13350 static int
13351 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13352 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13353 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13354 {
13355 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13356 tracepoints. */
13357 return 0;
13358 }
13359
13360 static void
13361 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13362 struct ui_out *uiout)
13363 {
13364 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13365 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13366 {
13367 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13368
13369 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13370 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13371 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13372 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13373 }
13374 }
13375
13376 static void
13377 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13378 {
13379 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13380 return;
13381
13382 switch (b->type)
13383 {
13384 case bp_tracepoint:
13385 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13386 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13387 break;
13388 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13389 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13390 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13391 break;
13392 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13393 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13394 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13395 break;
13396 default:
13397 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13398 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13399 }
13400
13401 say_where (b);
13402 }
13403
13404 static void
13405 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13406 {
13407 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13408
13409 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13410 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13411 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13412 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13413 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13414 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13415 else
13416 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13417 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13418
13419 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13420 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13421
13422 if (tp->pass_count)
13423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13424 }
13425
13426 static void
13427 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13428 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13429 enum bptype type_wanted,
13430 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13431 {
13432 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13433 addr_start, copy_arg);
13434 }
13435
13436 static void
13437 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13438 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13439 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13440 char *cond_string,
13441 char *extra_string,
13442 enum bptype type_wanted,
13443 enum bpdisp disposition,
13444 int thread,
13445 int task, int ignore_count,
13446 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13447 int from_tty, int enabled,
13448 int internal, unsigned flags)
13449 {
13450 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13451 cond_string, extra_string,
13452 type_wanted,
13453 disposition, thread, task,
13454 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13455 enabled, internal, flags);
13456 }
13457
13458 static void
13459 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13460 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13461 {
13462 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13463 }
13464
13465 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13466
13467 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13468 static probe. */
13469
13470 static void
13471 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13472 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13473 enum bptype type_wanted,
13474 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13475 {
13476 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13477 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13478 addr_start, copy_arg);
13479 }
13480
13481 static void
13482 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13483 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13484 {
13485 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13486 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13487 }
13488
13489 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13490
13491 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13492 markers (`-m'). */
13493
13494 static void
13495 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13496 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13497 enum bptype type_wanted,
13498 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13499 {
13500 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13501
13502 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13503
13504 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13505
13506 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13507 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13508 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13509 }
13510
13511 static void
13512 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13513 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13514 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13515 char *cond_string,
13516 char *extra_string,
13517 enum bptype type_wanted,
13518 enum bpdisp disposition,
13519 int thread,
13520 int task, int ignore_count,
13521 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13522 int from_tty, int enabled,
13523 int internal, unsigned flags)
13524 {
13525 int i;
13526
13527 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13528 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13529 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13530 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13531 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13532 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13533
13534 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13535 {
13536 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13537 struct tracepoint *tp;
13538 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13539 char *addr_string;
13540
13541 expanded.nelts = 1;
13542 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13543
13544 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13545 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13546
13547 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13548 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13549 addr_string, NULL,
13550 cond_string, extra_string,
13551 type_wanted, disposition,
13552 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13553 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13554 canonical->special_display);
13555 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13556 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13557 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13558 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13559 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13560 corresponds to this one */
13561 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13562
13563 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13564
13565 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13566 }
13567 }
13568
13569 static void
13570 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13571 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13572 {
13573 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13574
13575 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13576 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13577 {
13578 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13579 sals->nelts = 1;
13580 }
13581 else
13582 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13583 }
13584
13585 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13586
13587 static int
13588 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13589 {
13590 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13591 }
13592
13593 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13594 structures. */
13595
13596 void
13597 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13598 {
13599 struct breakpoint *b;
13600
13601 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13602
13603 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13604 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13605 especial culprits.
13606
13607 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13608 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13609 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13610 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13611 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13612 deleted.
13613
13614 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13615 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13616 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13617 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13618 was chosen. */
13619 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13620 return;
13621
13622 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13623 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13624 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13625 {
13626 struct breakpoint *related;
13627 struct watchpoint *w;
13628
13629 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13630 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13631 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13632 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13633 else
13634 w = NULL;
13635 if (w != NULL)
13636 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13637
13638 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13639 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13640 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13641 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13642 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13643 }
13644
13645 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13646 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13647 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13648 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13649 if (bpt->number)
13650 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13651
13652 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13653 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13654
13655 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13656 if (b->next == bpt)
13657 {
13658 b->next = bpt->next;
13659 break;
13660 }
13661
13662 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13663 been freed. */
13664 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13665 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13666 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13667 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13668 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13669 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13670 commands won't work. */
13671
13672 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13673
13674 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13675 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13676 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13677 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13678 might be better design to have location completely
13679 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13680 update_global_location_list (0);
13681
13682 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13683 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13684 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13685 bpt->type = bp_none;
13686 xfree (bpt);
13687 }
13688
13689 static void
13690 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13691 {
13692 delete_breakpoint (b);
13693 }
13694
13695 struct cleanup *
13696 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13697 {
13698 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13699 }
13700
13701 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13702 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13703
13704 static void
13705 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13706 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13707 void *),
13708 void *data)
13709 {
13710 struct breakpoint *related;
13711
13712 related = b;
13713 do
13714 {
13715 struct breakpoint *next;
13716
13717 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13718 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13719
13720 if (next == related)
13721 {
13722 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13723 function (related, data);
13724
13725 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13726 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13727 out. */
13728 break;
13729 }
13730 else
13731 function (related, data);
13732
13733 related = next;
13734 }
13735 while (related != b);
13736 }
13737
13738 static void
13739 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13740 {
13741 delete_breakpoint (b);
13742 }
13743
13744 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13745 delete_breakpoint. */
13746
13747 static void
13748 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13749 {
13750 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13751 }
13752
13753 void
13754 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13755 {
13756 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13757
13758 dont_repeat ();
13759
13760 if (arg == 0)
13761 {
13762 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13763
13764 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13765 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13766 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13767 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13768 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13769 {
13770 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13771 break;
13772 }
13773
13774 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13775 if (!from_tty
13776 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13777 {
13778 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13779 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13780 delete_breakpoint (b);
13781 }
13782 }
13783 else
13784 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13785 }
13786
13787 static int
13788 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13789 {
13790 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13791 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13792 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13793 return 0;
13794 return 1;
13795 }
13796
13797 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13798 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13799 Null names are ignored. */
13800
13801 static int
13802 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13803 {
13804 struct bp_location *l;
13805 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13806 (int (*) (const void *,
13807 const void *)) streq,
13808 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13809
13810 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13811 {
13812 const char **slot;
13813 const char *name = l->function_name;
13814
13815 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13816 if (name == NULL)
13817 continue;
13818
13819 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13820 INSERT);
13821 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13822 returns NULL. */
13823 if (*slot != NULL)
13824 {
13825 htab_delete (htab);
13826 return 1;
13827 }
13828 *slot = name;
13829 }
13830
13831 htab_delete (htab);
13832 return 0;
13833 }
13834
13835 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13836 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13837 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13838 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13839 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13840 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13841 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13842 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13843 The heuristic is:
13844
13845 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13846 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13847 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13848 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13849 in the sources, and output a warning.
13850
13851 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13852 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13853 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13854 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13855 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13856 warning.
13857
13858 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13859 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13860 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13861 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13862 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13863 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13864 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13865 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13866 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13867
13868 static struct symtab_and_line
13869 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13870 {
13871 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13872 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13873 CORE_ADDR pc;
13874
13875 pc = sal.pc;
13876 if (sal.line)
13877 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13878
13879 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13880 {
13881 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13882 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13883 b->number,
13884 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13885
13886 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13887 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13888 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13889
13890 return sal;
13891 }
13892
13893 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13894 by string ID. */
13895 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13896 && sal.line != 0
13897 && sal.symtab != NULL
13898 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13899 {
13900 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13901
13902 markers
13903 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13904
13905 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13906 {
13907 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13908 struct symbol *sym;
13909 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13910 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13911
13912 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13913
13914 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13915 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13916
13917 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13918 "found at previous line number"),
13919 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13920
13921 init_sal (&sal2);
13922
13923 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13924
13925 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13926 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13927 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13928 if (sym)
13929 {
13930 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13931 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13932 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13933 }
13934 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13935 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13936 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13937
13938 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13939 {
13940 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13941
13942 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13943 }
13944
13945 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13946 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13947
13948 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13949 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13950
13951 xfree (b->addr_string);
13952 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13953 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13954 b->loc->line_number);
13955
13956 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13957 so. */
13958
13959 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13960 }
13961 }
13962 return sal;
13963 }
13964
13965 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13966 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13967
13968 static int
13969 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13970 {
13971 while (a && b)
13972 {
13973 if (a->address != b->address)
13974 return 0;
13975
13976 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13977 return 0;
13978
13979 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13980 return 0;
13981
13982 a = a->next;
13983 b = b->next;
13984 }
13985
13986 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13987 return 0;
13988
13989 return 1;
13990 }
13991
13992 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13993 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13994 a ranged breakpoint. */
13995
13996 void
13997 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13998 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13999 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14000 {
14001 int i;
14002 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14003
14004 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14005 {
14006 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14007 location. */
14008 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14009 update_global_location_list (1);
14010 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14011 "multiple locations found\n"),
14012 b->number);
14013 return;
14014 }
14015
14016 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14017 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14018 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14019 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14020 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14021 individual locations. */
14022 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14023 return;
14024
14025 b->loc = NULL;
14026
14027 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14028 {
14029 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14030
14031 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14032
14033 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14034
14035 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14036 old symtab. */
14037 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14038 {
14039 char *s;
14040 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14041
14042 s = b->cond_string;
14043 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14044 {
14045 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14046 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14047 0);
14048 }
14049 if (e.reason < 0)
14050 {
14051 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14052 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14053 b->number, e.message);
14054 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14055 }
14056 }
14057
14058 if (sals_end.nelts)
14059 {
14060 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14061
14062 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14063 }
14064 }
14065
14066 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14067 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14068 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14069
14070 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14071 breakpoints. */
14072 {
14073 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14074 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14075 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14076 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14077 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14078 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14079 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14080
14081 for (; e; e = e->next)
14082 {
14083 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14084 {
14085 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14086 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14087 {
14088 for (; l; l = l->next)
14089 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14090 {
14091 l->enabled = 0;
14092 break;
14093 }
14094 }
14095 else
14096 {
14097 for (; l; l = l->next)
14098 if (l->function_name
14099 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14100 {
14101 l->enabled = 0;
14102 break;
14103 }
14104 }
14105 }
14106 }
14107 }
14108
14109 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14110 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14111
14112 update_global_location_list (1);
14113 }
14114
14115 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14116 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14117
14118 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14119 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14120 {
14121 char *s;
14122 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14123 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14124
14125 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14126 s = addr_string;
14127
14128 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14129 {
14130 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14131 }
14132 if (e.reason < 0)
14133 {
14134 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14135 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14136 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14137 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14138 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14139 state, then user already saw the message about that
14140 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14141 errors. */
14142 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14143 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14144 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14145 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14146 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14147 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14148
14149 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14150 {
14151 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14152 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14153 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14154 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14155 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14156 which approach is better. */
14157 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14158 throw_exception (e);
14159 }
14160 }
14161
14162 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14163 {
14164 int i;
14165
14166 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14167 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14168 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14169 {
14170 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14171 int thread, task;
14172
14173 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14174 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14175 &extra_string);
14176 if (cond_string)
14177 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14178 b->thread = thread;
14179 b->task = task;
14180 if (extra_string)
14181 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14182 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14183 }
14184
14185 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14186 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14187
14188 *found = 1;
14189 }
14190 else
14191 *found = 0;
14192
14193 return sals;
14194 }
14195
14196 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14197 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14198 locations. */
14199
14200 static void
14201 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14202 {
14203 int found;
14204 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14205 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14206 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14207
14208 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14209 if (found)
14210 {
14211 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14212 expanded = sals;
14213 }
14214
14215 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14216 {
14217 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14218 if (found)
14219 {
14220 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14221 expanded_end = sals_end;
14222 }
14223 }
14224
14225 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14226 }
14227
14228 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14229 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14230
14231 static void
14232 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14233 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14234 enum bptype type_wanted,
14235 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14236 {
14237 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14238 }
14239
14240 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14241 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14242 breakpoint_ops. */
14243
14244 static void
14245 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14246 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14247 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14248 char *cond_string,
14249 char *extra_string,
14250 enum bptype type_wanted,
14251 enum bpdisp disposition,
14252 int thread,
14253 int task, int ignore_count,
14254 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14255 int from_tty, int enabled,
14256 int internal, unsigned flags)
14257 {
14258 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14259 extra_string,
14260 type_wanted, disposition,
14261 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14262 enabled, internal, flags);
14263 }
14264
14265 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14266 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14267
14268 static void
14269 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14270 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14271 {
14272 struct linespec_result canonical;
14273
14274 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14275 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14276 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14277 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14278 b->filter);
14279
14280 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14281 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14282
14283 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14284 {
14285 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14286
14287 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14288 *sals = lsal->sals;
14289 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14290 contents. */
14291 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14292 }
14293
14294 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14295 }
14296
14297 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14298
14299 static struct cleanup *
14300 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14301 {
14302 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14303
14304 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14305 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14306 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14307 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14308 set_language (b->language);
14309
14310 return cleanups;
14311 }
14312
14313 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14314 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14315 Unused in this case. */
14316
14317 static int
14318 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14319 {
14320 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14321 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14322 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14323
14324 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14325 b->ops->re_set (b);
14326 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14327 return 0;
14328 }
14329
14330 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14331 void
14332 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14333 {
14334 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14335 enum language save_language;
14336 int save_input_radix;
14337 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14338
14339 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14340 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14341 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14342
14343 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14344 {
14345 /* Format possible error msg. */
14346 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14347 b->number);
14348 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14349 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14350 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14351 }
14352 set_language (save_language);
14353 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14354
14355 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14356
14357 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14358
14359 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14360 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14361 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14362 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14363 }
14364 \f
14365 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14366
14367 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14368 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14369 void
14370 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14371 {
14372 if (b->thread != -1)
14373 {
14374 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14375 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14376
14377 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14378 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14379 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14380 as well. */
14381 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14382 }
14383 }
14384
14385 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14386 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14387 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14388
14389 void
14390 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14391 {
14392 struct breakpoint *b;
14393
14394 if (count < 0)
14395 count = 0;
14396
14397 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14398 if (b->number == bptnum)
14399 {
14400 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14401 {
14402 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14403 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14404 bptnum);
14405 return;
14406 }
14407
14408 b->ignore_count = count;
14409 if (from_tty)
14410 {
14411 if (count == 0)
14412 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14413 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14414 bptnum);
14415 else if (count == 1)
14416 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14417 bptnum);
14418 else
14419 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14420 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14421 count, bptnum);
14422 }
14423 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14424 return;
14425 }
14426
14427 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14428 }
14429
14430 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14431
14432 static void
14433 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14434 {
14435 char *p = args;
14436 int num;
14437
14438 if (p == 0)
14439 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14440
14441 num = get_number (&p);
14442 if (num == 0)
14443 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14444 if (*p == 0)
14445 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14446
14447 set_ignore_count (num,
14448 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14449 from_tty);
14450 if (from_tty)
14451 printf_filtered ("\n");
14452 }
14453 \f
14454 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14455 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14456
14457 static void
14458 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14459 void *),
14460 void *data)
14461 {
14462 int num;
14463 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14464 int match;
14465 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14466
14467 if (args == 0)
14468 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14469
14470 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14471
14472 while (!state.finished)
14473 {
14474 char *p = state.string;
14475
14476 match = 0;
14477
14478 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14479 if (num == 0)
14480 {
14481 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14482 }
14483 else
14484 {
14485 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14486 if (b->number == num)
14487 {
14488 match = 1;
14489 function (b, data);
14490 break;
14491 }
14492 if (match == 0)
14493 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14494 }
14495 }
14496 }
14497
14498 static struct bp_location *
14499 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14500 {
14501 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14502 char *p1;
14503 int bp_num;
14504 int loc_num;
14505 struct breakpoint *b;
14506 struct bp_location *loc;
14507
14508 *dot = '\0';
14509
14510 p1 = number;
14511 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14512 if (bp_num == 0)
14513 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14514
14515 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14516 if (b->number == bp_num)
14517 {
14518 break;
14519 }
14520
14521 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14522 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14523
14524 p1 = dot+1;
14525 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14526 if (loc_num == 0)
14527 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14528
14529 --loc_num;
14530 loc = b->loc;
14531 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14532 ;
14533 if (!loc)
14534 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14535
14536 return loc;
14537 }
14538
14539
14540 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14541 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14542 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14543
14544 void
14545 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14546 {
14547 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14548 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14549 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14550 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14551 return;
14552
14553 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14554 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14555 return;
14556
14557 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14558
14559 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14560 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14561
14562 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14563 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14564 {
14565 struct bp_location *location;
14566
14567 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14568 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14569 }
14570
14571 update_global_location_list (0);
14572
14573 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14574 }
14575
14576 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14577
14578 static void
14579 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14580 {
14581 disable_breakpoint (b);
14582 }
14583
14584 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14585 disable_breakpoint. */
14586
14587 static void
14588 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14589 {
14590 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14591 }
14592
14593 static void
14594 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14595 {
14596 if (args == 0)
14597 {
14598 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14599
14600 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14601 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14602 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14603 }
14604 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14605 {
14606 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14607 if (loc)
14608 {
14609 if (loc->enabled)
14610 {
14611 loc->enabled = 0;
14612 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14613 }
14614 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14615 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14616 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14617 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14618 }
14619 update_global_location_list (0);
14620 }
14621 else
14622 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14623 }
14624
14625 static void
14626 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14627 int count)
14628 {
14629 int target_resources_ok;
14630
14631 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14632 {
14633 int i;
14634 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14635 target_resources_ok =
14636 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14637 i + 1, 0);
14638 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14639 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14640 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14641 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14642 }
14643
14644 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14645 {
14646 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14647 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14648 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14649
14650 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14651 {
14652 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14653
14654 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14655 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14656 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14657 }
14658 if (e.reason < 0)
14659 {
14660 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14661 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14662 bpt->number);
14663 return;
14664 }
14665 }
14666
14667 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14668 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14669
14670 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14671
14672 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14673 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14674
14675 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14676 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14677 {
14678 struct bp_location *location;
14679
14680 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14681 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14682 }
14683
14684 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14685 bpt->enable_count = count;
14686 update_global_location_list (1);
14687
14688 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14689 }
14690
14691
14692 void
14693 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14694 {
14695 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14696 }
14697
14698 static void
14699 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14700 {
14701 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14702 }
14703
14704 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14705 enable_breakpoint. */
14706
14707 static void
14708 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14709 {
14710 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14711 }
14712
14713 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14714 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14715 in stopping the inferior. */
14716
14717 static void
14718 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14719 {
14720 if (args == 0)
14721 {
14722 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14723
14724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14725 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14726 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14727 }
14728 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14729 {
14730 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14731 if (loc)
14732 {
14733 if (!loc->enabled)
14734 {
14735 loc->enabled = 1;
14736 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14737 }
14738 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14739 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14740 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14741 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14742 }
14743 update_global_location_list (1);
14744 }
14745 else
14746 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14747 }
14748
14749 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14750 breakpoints. */
14751
14752 struct disp_data
14753 {
14754 enum bpdisp disp;
14755 int count;
14756 };
14757
14758 static void
14759 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14760 {
14761 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14762
14763 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14764 }
14765
14766 static void
14767 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14768 {
14769 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14770
14771 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14772 }
14773
14774 static void
14775 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14776 {
14777 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14778 }
14779
14780 static void
14781 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14782 {
14783 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14784
14785 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14786 }
14787
14788 static void
14789 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14790 {
14791 int count = get_number (&args);
14792
14793 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14794 }
14795
14796 static void
14797 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14798 {
14799 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14800
14801 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14802 }
14803
14804 static void
14805 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14806 {
14807 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14808 }
14809 \f
14810 static void
14811 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14812 {
14813 }
14814
14815 static void
14816 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14817 {
14818 }
14819
14820 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14821 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14822 GDB itself. */
14823
14824 static void
14825 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14826 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14827 const bfd_byte *data)
14828 {
14829 struct breakpoint *bp;
14830
14831 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14832 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14833 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14834 {
14835 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14836
14837 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14838 {
14839 struct bp_location *loc;
14840
14841 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14842 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14843 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14844 && addr + len > loc->address)
14845 {
14846 value_free (wp->val);
14847 wp->val = NULL;
14848 wp->val_valid = 0;
14849 }
14850 }
14851 }
14852 }
14853
14854 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14855 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14856 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14857 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14858 someday. */
14859
14860 void *
14861 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14862 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14863 {
14864 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14865
14866 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14867
14868 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14869 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14870
14871 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14872 {
14873 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14874 xfree (bp_tgt);
14875 return NULL;
14876 }
14877
14878 return bp_tgt;
14879 }
14880
14881 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14882 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14883
14884 int
14885 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14886 {
14887 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14888 int ret;
14889
14890 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14891 xfree (bp_tgt);
14892
14893 return ret;
14894 }
14895
14896 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14897 stepping. */
14898
14899 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14900 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14901
14902 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14903
14904 void
14905 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14906 struct address_space *aspace,
14907 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14908 {
14909 void **bpt_p;
14910
14911 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14912 {
14913 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14914 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14915 }
14916 else
14917 {
14918 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14919 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14920 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14921 }
14922
14923 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14924 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14925 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14926 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14927 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14928 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14929
14930 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14931 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14932 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14933 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14934 }
14935
14936 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14937 were inserted or not. */
14938
14939 int
14940 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14941 {
14942 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14943 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14944 }
14945
14946 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14947
14948 void
14949 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14950 {
14951 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14952
14953 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14954 call. */
14955 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14956 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14957 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14958 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14959
14960 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14961 {
14962 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14963 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14964 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14965 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14966 }
14967 }
14968
14969 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14970 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14971 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14972 exec. */
14973
14974 void
14975 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14976 {
14977 int i;
14978
14979 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14980 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14981 {
14982 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14983 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14984 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14985 }
14986 }
14987
14988 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14989 removing them. */
14990
14991 static void
14992 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14993 {
14994 int i;
14995
14996 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14997 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14998 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14999 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15000 }
15001
15002 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15003 PC. */
15004
15005 static int
15006 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15007 CORE_ADDR pc)
15008 {
15009 int i;
15010
15011 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15012 {
15013 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15014 if (bp_tgt
15015 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15016 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15017 aspace, pc))
15018 return 1;
15019 }
15020
15021 return 0;
15022 }
15023
15024 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15025 non-zero otherwise. */
15026 static int
15027 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15028 {
15029 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15030 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15031 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15032 return 1;
15033 else
15034 return 0;
15035 }
15036
15037 int
15038 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15039 {
15040 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15041 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15042
15043 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15044 }
15045
15046 int
15047 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15048 {
15049 struct breakpoint *bp;
15050
15051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15052 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15053 {
15054 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15055
15056 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15057 {
15058 int i, iter;
15059 for (i = 0;
15060 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15061 i++)
15062 if (syscall_number == iter)
15063 return 1;
15064 }
15065 else
15066 return 1;
15067 }
15068
15069 return 0;
15070 }
15071
15072 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15073 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15074 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15075 char *text, char *word)
15076 {
15077 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15078 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15079 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15080
15081 xfree (list);
15082 return retlist;
15083 }
15084
15085 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15086
15087 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15088 static void
15089 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15090 {
15091 tracepoint_count = num;
15092 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15093 }
15094
15095 static void
15096 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15097 {
15098 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15099 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15100
15101 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15102 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15103 else
15104 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15105
15106 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15107 arg,
15108 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15109 0 /* tempflag */,
15110 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15111 0 /* Ignore count */,
15112 pending_break_support,
15113 ops,
15114 from_tty,
15115 1 /* enabled */,
15116 0 /* internal */, 0);
15117 }
15118
15119 static void
15120 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15121 {
15122 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15123 arg,
15124 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15125 0 /* tempflag */,
15126 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15127 0 /* Ignore count */,
15128 pending_break_support,
15129 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15130 from_tty,
15131 1 /* enabled */,
15132 0 /* internal */, 0);
15133 }
15134
15135 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15136
15137 static void
15138 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15139 {
15140 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15141
15142 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15143 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15144 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15145 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15146 else
15147 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15148
15149 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15150 arg,
15151 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15152 0 /* tempflag */,
15153 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15154 0 /* Ignore count */,
15155 pending_break_support,
15156 ops,
15157 from_tty,
15158 1 /* enabled */,
15159 0 /* internal */, 0);
15160 }
15161
15162 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15163 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15164
15165 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15166 static int next_cmd;
15167
15168 static char *
15169 read_uploaded_action (void)
15170 {
15171 char *rslt;
15172
15173 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15174
15175 next_cmd++;
15176
15177 return rslt;
15178 }
15179
15180 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15181 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15182 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15183 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15184 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15185
15186 struct tracepoint *
15187 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15188 {
15189 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15190 struct tracepoint *tp;
15191
15192 if (utp->at_string)
15193 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15194 else
15195 {
15196 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15197 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15198 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15199 user. */
15200 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15201 "source location, using raw address"),
15202 utp->number);
15203 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15204 addr_str = small_buf;
15205 }
15206
15207 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15208 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15209 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15210 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15211 utp->number);
15212
15213 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15214 addr_str,
15215 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15216 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15217 0 /* tempflag */,
15218 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15219 0 /* Ignore count */,
15220 pending_break_support,
15221 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15222 0 /* from_tty */,
15223 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15224 0 /* internal */,
15225 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15226 return NULL;
15227
15228 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15229 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15230 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15231
15232 if (utp->pass > 0)
15233 {
15234 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15235 tp->base.number);
15236
15237 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15238 }
15239
15240 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15241 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15242 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15243 function. */
15244 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15245 {
15246 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15247
15248 this_utp = utp;
15249 next_cmd = 0;
15250
15251 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15252
15253 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15254 }
15255 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15256 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15257 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15258 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15259 utp->number);
15260
15261 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15262 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15263 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15264
15265 return tp;
15266 }
15267
15268 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15269 omitted. */
15270
15271 static void
15272 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15273 {
15274 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15275 int num_printed;
15276
15277 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15278
15279 if (num_printed == 0)
15280 {
15281 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15282 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15283 else
15284 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15285 }
15286
15287 default_collect_info ();
15288 }
15289
15290 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15291 Not supported by all targets. */
15292 static void
15293 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15294 {
15295 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15296 }
15297
15298 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15299 Not supported by all targets. */
15300 static void
15301 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15302 {
15303 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15304 }
15305
15306 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15307 static void
15308 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15309 {
15310 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15311
15312 dont_repeat ();
15313
15314 if (arg == 0)
15315 {
15316 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15317
15318 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15319 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15320 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15321 argument. */
15322 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15323 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15324 {
15325 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15326 break;
15327 }
15328
15329 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15330 if (!from_tty
15331 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15332 {
15333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15334 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15335 delete_breakpoint (b);
15336 }
15337 }
15338 else
15339 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15340 }
15341
15342 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15343
15344 static void
15345 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15346 {
15347 tp->pass_count = count;
15348 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15349 if (from_tty)
15350 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15351 tp->base.number, count);
15352 }
15353
15354 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15355
15356 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15357 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15358 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15359
15360 static void
15361 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15362 {
15363 struct tracepoint *t1;
15364 unsigned int count;
15365
15366 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15367 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15368 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15369
15370 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15371
15372 args = skip_spaces (args);
15373 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15374 {
15375 struct breakpoint *b;
15376
15377 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15378 if (*args)
15379 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15380
15381 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15382 {
15383 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15384 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15385 }
15386 }
15387 else if (*args == '\0')
15388 {
15389 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15390 if (t1)
15391 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15392 }
15393 else
15394 {
15395 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15396
15397 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15398 while (!state.finished)
15399 {
15400 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15401 if (t1)
15402 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15403 }
15404 }
15405 }
15406
15407 struct tracepoint *
15408 get_tracepoint (int num)
15409 {
15410 struct breakpoint *t;
15411
15412 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15413 if (t->number == num)
15414 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15415
15416 return NULL;
15417 }
15418
15419 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15420 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15421 reconnecting). */
15422
15423 struct tracepoint *
15424 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15425 {
15426 struct breakpoint *b;
15427
15428 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15429 {
15430 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15431
15432 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15433 return t;
15434 }
15435
15436 return NULL;
15437 }
15438
15439 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15440 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15441 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15442 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15443 struct tracepoint *
15444 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15445 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15446 int optional_p)
15447 {
15448 struct breakpoint *t;
15449 int tpnum;
15450 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15451
15452 if (state)
15453 {
15454 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15455 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15456 }
15457 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15458 {
15459 if (optional_p)
15460 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15461 else
15462 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15463 }
15464 else
15465 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15466
15467 if (tpnum <= 0)
15468 {
15469 if (instring && *instring)
15470 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15471 instring);
15472 else
15473 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15474 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15475 return NULL;
15476 }
15477
15478 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15479 if (t->number == tpnum)
15480 {
15481 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15482 }
15483
15484 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15485 return NULL;
15486 }
15487
15488 void
15489 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15490 {
15491 if (b->thread != -1)
15492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15493
15494 if (b->task != 0)
15495 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15496
15497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15498 }
15499
15500 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15501 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15502 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15503 non-zero. */
15504
15505 static void
15506 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15507 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15508 {
15509 struct breakpoint *tp;
15510 int any = 0;
15511 char *pathname;
15512 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15513 struct ui_file *fp;
15514 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15515
15516 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15517 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15518
15519 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15520 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15521 {
15522 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15523 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15524 continue;
15525
15526 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15527 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15528 continue;
15529
15530 any = 1;
15531
15532 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15533 {
15534 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15535
15536 /* We can stop searching. */
15537 break;
15538 }
15539 }
15540
15541 if (!any)
15542 {
15543 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15544 return;
15545 }
15546
15547 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15548 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15549 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15550 if (!fp)
15551 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15552 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15553 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15554
15555 if (extra_trace_bits)
15556 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15557
15558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15559 {
15560 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15561 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15562 continue;
15563
15564 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15565 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15566 continue;
15567
15568 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15569
15570 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15571 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15572 instead. */
15573
15574 if (tp->cond_string)
15575 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15576
15577 if (tp->ignore_count)
15578 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15579
15580 if (tp->commands)
15581 {
15582 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15583
15584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15585
15586 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15587 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15588 {
15589 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15590 }
15591 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15592
15593 if (ex.reason < 0)
15594 throw_exception (ex);
15595
15596 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15597 }
15598
15599 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15601
15602 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15603 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15604 special, and not user visible. */
15605 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15606 {
15607 struct bp_location *loc;
15608 int n = 1;
15609
15610 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15611 if (!loc->enabled)
15612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15613 }
15614 }
15615
15616 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15617 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15618
15619 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15620 if (from_tty)
15621 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15622 }
15623
15624 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15625
15626 static void
15627 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15628 {
15629 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15630 }
15631
15632 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15633
15634 static void
15635 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15636 {
15637 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15638 }
15639
15640 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15641
15642 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15643 all_tracepoints (void)
15644 {
15645 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15646 struct breakpoint *tp;
15647
15648 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15649 {
15650 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15651 }
15652
15653 return tp_vec;
15654 }
15655
15656 \f
15657 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15658 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15659 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15660 command. */
15661 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15662 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15663 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15664 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15665 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15666 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15667 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15668 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15669 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15670 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15671 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15672 \n\
15673 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15674 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15675 \n\
15676 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15677 conditions are different.\n\
15678 \n\
15679 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15680
15681 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15682 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15683
15684 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15685 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15686
15687 void
15688 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15689 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15690 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15691 completer_ftype *completer,
15692 void *user_data_catch,
15693 void *user_data_tcatch)
15694 {
15695 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15696
15697 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15698 &catch_cmdlist);
15699 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15700 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15701 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15702
15703 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15704 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15705 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15706 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15707 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15708 }
15709
15710 static void
15711 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15712 {
15713 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15714 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15715
15716 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15717 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15718 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15719 }
15720
15721 static void
15722 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15723 {
15724 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15725 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15726 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15727 }
15728
15729 struct breakpoint *
15730 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15731 void *data)
15732 {
15733 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15734
15735 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15736 {
15737 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15738 return b;
15739 }
15740
15741 return NULL;
15742 }
15743
15744 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15745 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15746
15747 static int
15748 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15749 {
15750 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15751 non-inline function. */
15752 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15753 return 1;
15754
15755 return 0;
15756 }
15757
15758 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15759 have been inlined. */
15760
15761 int
15762 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15763 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15764 {
15765 struct breakpoint *b;
15766 struct bp_location *bl;
15767
15768 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15769 {
15770 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15771 continue;
15772
15773 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15774 {
15775 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15776 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15777 return 1;
15778 }
15779 }
15780
15781 return 0;
15782 }
15783
15784 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15785
15786 void
15787 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15788 {
15789 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15790
15791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15792 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15793 loc->symtab = NULL;
15794 }
15795
15796 void
15797 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15798 {
15799 static int initialized = 0;
15800
15801 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15802
15803 if (initialized)
15804 return;
15805 initialized = 1;
15806
15807 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15808 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15809 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15810 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15811 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15812 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15813 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15814 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15815 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15816 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15817 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15818 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15819
15820 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15821 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15822 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15823 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15824 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15825 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15826 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15827 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15828
15829 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15830 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15831 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15832 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15833 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15834 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15835 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15836 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15837 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15838 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15839
15840 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15841 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15842 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15843 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15844 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15845 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15846 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15847
15848 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15849 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15850 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15851 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15852 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15853 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15854 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15855
15856 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15857 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15858 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15859 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15860
15861 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15862 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15863 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15864 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15865 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15866 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15867 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15868
15869 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15870 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15871 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15872 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15873 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15874 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15875 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15876
15877 /* Watchpoints. */
15878 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15879 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15880 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15881 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15882 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15883 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15884 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15885 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15886 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15887 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15888 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15889 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15890 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15891
15892 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15893 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15894 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15895 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15896 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15897 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15898 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15899 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15900 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15901 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15902 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15903
15904 /* Tracepoints. */
15905 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15906 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15907 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15908 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15909 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15910 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15911 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15912 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15913 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15914 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15915
15916 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15917 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15918 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15919 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15920 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15921
15922 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15923 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15924 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15925 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15926 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15927 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15928
15929 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15930 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15931 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15932 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15933 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15934 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15935 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15936 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15937 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15938 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15939
15940 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15941 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15942 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15943 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15944 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15945 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15946 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15947 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15948 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15949 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15950
15951 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15952 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15953 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15954 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15955 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15956 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15957 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15958 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15959 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15960 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15961 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15962
15963 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15964 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15965 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15966 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15967 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15968 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15969 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15970 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15971 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15972 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15973 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15974
15975 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15976 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15977 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15978 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15979 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15980 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15981 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15982 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15983 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15984 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15985 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15986 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15987
15988 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15989 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15990 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15991 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15992 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15993 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15994 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15995 }
15996
15997 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15998
15999 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16000
16001 void
16002 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16003 {
16004 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16005
16006 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16007
16008 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16009 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16010 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16011
16012 breakpoint_objfile_key
16013 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16014
16015 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16016 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16017 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16018
16019 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16020 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16021 before a breakpoint is set. */
16022 breakpoint_count = 0;
16023
16024 tracepoint_count = 0;
16025
16026 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16027 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16028 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16029 if (xdb_commands)
16030 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16031
16032 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16033 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16034 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16035 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16036 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16037 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16038 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16039 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16040
16041 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16042 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16043 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16044 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16045 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16046
16047 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16048 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16049 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16050 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16051 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16052 \n"
16053 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16054 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16055
16056 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16057 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16058 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16059 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16060 \n"
16061 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16062 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16063
16064 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16065 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16066 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16067 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16068 \n"
16069 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16070 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16071
16072 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16073 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16074 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16075 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16076 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16077 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16078 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16079 if (xdb_commands)
16080 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16081 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16082 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16083 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16084 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16085 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16086
16087 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16088
16089 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16090 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16091 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16092 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16093 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16094 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16095
16096 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16097 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16098 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16099 &enablebreaklist);
16100
16101 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16102 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16103 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16104 &enablebreaklist);
16105
16106 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16107 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16108 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16109 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16110 &enablebreaklist);
16111
16112 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16113 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16114 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16115 &enablelist);
16116
16117 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16118 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16119 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16120 &enablelist);
16121
16122 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16123 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16124 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16125 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16126 &enablelist);
16127
16128 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16129 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16130 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16131 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16132 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16133 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16134 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16135 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16136 if (xdb_commands)
16137 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16138 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16139 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16140 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16141 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16142
16143 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16144 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16145 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16146 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16147 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16148 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16149 &disablelist);
16150
16151 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16152 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16153 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16154 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16155 \n\
16156 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16157 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16158 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16159 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16160 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16161 if (xdb_commands)
16162 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16163 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16164 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16165 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16166
16167 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16168 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16169 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16170 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16171 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16172 &deletelist);
16173
16174 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16175 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16176 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16177 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16178 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16179 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16180 \n\
16181 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16182 is executing in.\n\
16183 \n\
16184 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16185 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16186
16187 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16188 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16189 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16190 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16191
16192 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16193 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16194 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16195 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16196
16197 if (xdb_commands)
16198 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16199
16200 if (dbx_commands)
16201 {
16202 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16203 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16204 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16205 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16206 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16207 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16208 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16209 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16210 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16211 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16212 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16213 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16214 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16215 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16216 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16217 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16218 \n\
16219 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16220 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16221 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16222 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16223 breakpoint set."));
16224 }
16225
16226 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16227 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16228 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16229 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16230 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16231 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16232 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16233 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16234 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16235 \n\
16236 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16237 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16238 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16239 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16240 breakpoint set."));
16241
16242 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16243
16244 if (xdb_commands)
16245 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16246 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16247 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16248 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16249 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16250 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16251 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16252 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16253 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16254 \n\
16255 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16256 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16257 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16258 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16259 breakpoint set."));
16260
16261 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16262 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16263 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16264 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16265 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16266 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16267 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16268 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16269 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16270 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16271 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16272 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16273 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16274 \n\
16275 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16276 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16277 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16278 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16279 breakpoint set."),
16280 &maintenanceinfolist);
16281
16282 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16283 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16284 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16285 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16286
16287 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16288 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16289 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16290 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16291
16292 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16293 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16294 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16295 catch_catch_command,
16296 NULL,
16297 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16298 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16299 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16300 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16301 catch_throw_command,
16302 NULL,
16303 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16304 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16305 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16306 catch_fork_command_1,
16307 NULL,
16308 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16309 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16310 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16311 catch_fork_command_1,
16312 NULL,
16313 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16314 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16315 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16316 catch_exec_command_1,
16317 NULL,
16318 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16319 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16320 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16321 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16322 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16323 catch_load_command_1,
16324 NULL,
16325 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16326 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16327 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16328 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16329 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16330 catch_unload_command_1,
16331 NULL,
16332 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16333 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16334 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16335 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16336 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16337 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16338 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16339 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16340 catch_syscall_command_1,
16341 catch_syscall_completer,
16342 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16343 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16344
16345 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16346 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16347 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16348 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16349 an expression changes.\n\
16350 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16351 the memory to which it refers."));
16352 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16353
16354 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16355 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16356 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16357 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16358 an expression is read.\n\
16359 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16360 the memory to which it refers."));
16361 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16362
16363 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16364 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16365 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16366 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16367 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16368 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16369 the memory to which it refers."));
16370 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16371
16372 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16373 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16374
16375 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16376 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16377 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16378 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16379 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16380 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16381 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16382 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16383 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16384 hardware.)"),
16385 NULL,
16386 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16387 &setlist, &showlist);
16388
16389 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16390
16391 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16392
16393 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16394 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16395 \n"
16396 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16397 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16398 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16399
16400 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16401 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16402 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16403 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16404
16405 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16406 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16407 \n"
16408 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16409 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16410 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16411
16412 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16413 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16414 \n\
16415 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16416 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16417 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16418 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16419 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16420 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16421 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16422 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16423 the selected stack frame.\n\
16424 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16425 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16426 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16427 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16428 \n\
16429 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16430 \n\
16431 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16432 conditions are different.\n\
16433 \n\
16434 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16435 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16436 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16437
16438 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16439 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16440 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16441 last tracepoint set."));
16442
16443 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16444
16445 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16446 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16447 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16448 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16449 &deletelist);
16450 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16451
16452 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16453 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16454 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16455 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16456 &disablelist);
16457 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16458
16459 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16460 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16461 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16462 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16463 &enablelist);
16464 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16465
16466 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16467 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16468 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16469 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16470 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16471
16472 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16473 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16474 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16475 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16476
16477 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16478 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16479 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16480 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16481 session to restore them."),
16482 &save_cmdlist);
16483 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16484
16485 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16486 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16487 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16488 &save_cmdlist);
16489 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16490
16491 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16492 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16493
16494 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16495 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16496 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16497 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16498 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16499 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16500 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16501 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16502 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16503 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16504 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16505 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16506
16507 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16508 &pending_break_support, _("\
16509 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16510 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16511 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16512 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16513 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16514 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16515 NULL,
16516 show_pending_break_support,
16517 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16518 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16519
16520 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16521
16522 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16523 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16524 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16525 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16526 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16527 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16528 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16529 NULL,
16530 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16531 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16532 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16533
16534 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16535 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16536 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16537 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16538 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16539 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16540 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16541 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16542 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16543 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16544 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16545 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16546 NULL,
16547 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16548 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16549 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16550
16551 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16552 condition_evaluation_enums,
16553 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16554 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16555 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16556 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16557 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16558 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16559 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16560 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16561 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16562 be set to \"gdb\""),
16563 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16564 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16565 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16566 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16567
16568 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16569 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16570 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16571 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16572 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16573 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16574 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16575 or the start of the range\n\
16576 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16577 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16578 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16579 \n\
16580 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16581 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16582 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16583
16584 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16585 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16586 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16587 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16588 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16589 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16590 "));
16591 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16592
16593 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16594 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16595 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16596 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16597 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16598 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16599 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16600 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16601 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16602 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16603 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16604 &setlist, &showlist);
16605
16606 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16607 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16608 &dprintf_function, _("\
16609 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16610 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16611 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16612 &setlist, &showlist);
16613
16614 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16615 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16616 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16617 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16618 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16619 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16620 &setlist, &showlist);
16621
16622 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16623 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16624 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16625 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16626 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16627 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16628 NULL,
16629 NULL,
16630 &setlist, &showlist);
16631
16632 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16633 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16634 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16635
16636 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16637
16638 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16639 }
This page took 0.557738 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.